english grammar & exercises for thai students 276p
DESCRIPTION
TRANSCRIPT
![Page 1: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/1.jpg)
English Grammar
and Exercises for Thai Students
![Page 2: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/2.jpg)
collected and compiled by
DJCrystaL
![Page 3: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/3.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th
1
Unit 1 Nouns
คํานาม คือ คํา ที่ใชแทนชื่อคน สัตว สิ่งของ เชน student, dog, cat, house, man, etc.
คํานามแบงตามการใชได 2 แบบ คือ Countable Noun and Uncountable Noun
1. Countable Nouns (คํานามนับได)
เปนคํานามที่มีทั้งรูปเอกพจน และ พหูพจน และ ใชกับ indefinite article (a/an) ได
เชน a book เปน books
a dog เปน dogs
a pen เปน pens
a house เปน houses
2. Uncountable Nouns (คํานามนับไมได)
เปนคํานามที่มีแตรูปเอกพจน และจะใช a/an นําหนาไมได เชน
furniture bread hope salt air
sleep sugar milk snow courage
fun grass
![Page 4: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/4.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th
2
วิธีทําใหคํานามเอกพจนกลายเปนคํานามพหูพจน ก็คือ เติม ‘s’ หรือ ‘es’ โดยมีกฏเกณฑ ดังนี้
1. เติม ‘s’ ทายคํานามเอกพจนทั่วไป ยกเวนเมื่อคํานามนั้นลงทายดวย ‘s’, ‘x’, ‘z’, ‘ch’ หรือ ‘sh’ จะเติม
‘es’ เชน
girl เปน girls
month เปน months
tree เปน trees
book เปน books
fox เปน foxes
class เปน classes
wish เปน wishes
quiz เปน quizes
2. ถาคํานามนั้นลงทายดวย พยัญชนะ + ‘y’ จะเปลี่ยน ‘y’ เปน ‘i’ แลวเติม ‘es’ เชน
lady เปน ladies
duty เปน duties
fly เปน flies
baby เปน babies
3. ถาคํานามนั้นลงทายดวย สระ + ‘y’ จะเติม ‘s’ เฉย ๆ เชน
day เปน days
boy เปน boys
key เปน keys
monkey เปน monkeys
4. ถาคํานามนั้นลงทายดวย พยัญชนะ + ‘o’ จะเติม ‘es’ เชน
hero เปน heroes tomato เปน tomatoes
potato เปน potatoes echo เปน echoes
![Page 5: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/5.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th
3
ยกเวน
piano เปน pianos
memo เปน memos
solo เปน solos
photo เปน photos
5. ถาคํานามนั้นลงทายดวย สระ + ‘o’ จะเติม ‘s’ เชน
radio เปน radios
video เปน videos
studio เปน studios
6. คํานามที่ลงทายดวย ‘f’ จะเปลี่ยน ‘f’ เปน ‘ve’ แลวเติม ‘s’
knife เปน knives
wife เปน wives
half เปน halves
shelf เปน shelves
life เปน lives
ยกเวน
roof เปน roofs
belief เปน beliefs
chief เปน chiefs
cliff เปน cliffs
![Page 6: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/6.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th
4
7. คํานามผสม (Compound Nouns) ที่เขียนโดยมีเครื่องหมาย – คั่นกลาง จะเติม ‘s’ ที่คําแรก เชน
mother-in-law เปน mothers-in-law
passer-by เปน passers-by
lady-in-waiting เปน ladies-in-waiting
maid-of-honor เปน maids-of-honor
คํานามที่มีรูปพหูพจนพิเศษ
(1) คํานามบางคําเมื่อเปนพหูพจนจะเปลี่ยนรูปไปเลย (ไมเติม ‘s’ หรือ ‘es’) ไดแก
man เปน men
woman เปน women
child เปน children
foot เปน feet
tooth เปน teeth
goose เปน geese
mouse เปน mice
louse เปน lice
(2) คํานามบางคําที่มาจากภาษาลาติน/กรีก จะมีรูปพหูพจนตามแบบภาษาดั้งเดิม ไดแก
crisis เปน crises
basis เปน bases
thesis เปน theses
analysis เปน analyses
datum เปน data
criterion เปน criteria
agendum เปน agenda
![Page 7: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/7.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th
5
คํานามที่เปนไดทั้งคํานามเอกพจนและพหูพจน
(1) คํานามบางคําคงรูปเดิม เมื่อเปนเอกพจน/พหูพจน ไดแก
species
fish
sheep
deer
Chinese
Japanese
Swiss
Series
He gave a series of lectures.
There are several series of programmes.
I caught a fish.
They caught several fish.
(2) คํานามบางคําเมื่อใชในความหมาย “ช่ือวิชา” จะมีความหมายเปนเอกพจน ใชคํากริยาเอกพจนแตเมื่อใชในความหมายของ
สวนประกอบของกิจกรรม จะเปนพหูพจน ไดแก
mathematics
statistics
economics
politics
Statistics is very interesting.
These statistics are useful.
![Page 8: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/8.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th
6
(3) คําสมุหนาม (Collective Nouns) ประเภท ‘class, group, family, committee, club, company’
จะใชในความหมายเปน หนึ่งหนวย จะใชกริยาเอกพจน และเมื่อใชในความหมายของแตละอยางหรือสมาชิกแตละคน
จะใชกริยาพหูพจน
The committee has produced its final report.
The committee are celebrating their victory.
คํานามที่มีรูปพหูพจน (ลงทายดวย “s”) แตมีความหมายเอกพจน
คํานามที่เปนช่ือโรค ช่ือเกมส หรือ ขาวจะลงทายดวย “s” แตถือเปนเอกพจน ไดแก
news measles mumps
dominoes darts
เชน No news is good news.
Mumps is not common in England.
Dominoes is my favorite game.
คํานามที่มีรูปเอกพจน แตมีความหมายพหูพจน
people
police
cattle
clergy
the rich
the poor
เชน They are poor people.
The police have arrested the thieves.
Those cattle are the best.
![Page 9: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/9.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th
7
คํานามนับไมไดในความหมายพหูพจน จะเติมคําที่บอกจํานวนหรือปริมาณลงไป แตกริยาเปนเอกพจนเสมอ เชน
a large amount of
a great deal of
plenty of
lots of
a lot of
a little
a bit of
some
เชน Lots of time is wasted.
I’ve got a little money; it should be enough to live on.
There is still a lot of snow.
![Page 10: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/10.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th
8
Exercise
A. จงทําใหรูปพหูพจนของคํานามในวงเล็บ
1. I am proud of my (son-in-law)__________.
2. I have been here for three (day) __________.
3. She has just finished her (song) __________.
4. I think we need two (radio) __________.
5. Those were their (watch) __________.
6. Have you seen those (ox) __________?
7. Whose (knife) __________are these?
8. These (photo) __________are mine.
9. My (foot) __________really hurt!
10. We saw several (deer) __________in the park.
B. Make these sentences plural.
1. A dog is an animal.
_____________________________________.
2. A potato is a vegetable.
_____________________________________.
3. A girl likes a sweet.
_____________________________________.
4. A teacher is a man or a woman.
_____________________________________.
5. A fly is an insect.
_____________________________________.
![Page 11: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/11.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th
9
6. A dog hates a cat.
_____________________________________.
7. A student is not always good.
_____________________________________.
8. A cow gives milk.
_____________________________________.
9. We can make a cake with flour, milk and an egg.
_____________________________________.
10. A mother is kind to a little child.
_____________________________________.
11. A box has a lid.
_____________________________________.
12. A chicken is a bird.
_____________________________________.
13. A chair is made of wood.
_____________________________________.
14. We fill our pen with ink.
_____________________________________.
15. A writer writes a book.
_____________________________________.
16. A picture is pretty.
_____________________________________.
17. We can read a book.
_____________________________________.
![Page 12: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/12.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th
10
18. A garden had a tree.
_____________________________________.
19. We drink tea out of a cup.
_____________________________________.
20. An apple grows on a tree.
_____________________________________.
21. A boy likes a game.
_____________________________________.
22. An eye is blue or brown.
_____________________________________.
23. A fish can swim.
_____________________________________.
24. A pencil is like a pen.
_____________________________________.
25. A cat eats meat.
_____________________________________.
![Page 13: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/13.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th
11
C. จงเขียน C หนาคํานามที่นับได และ U หนาคํานามที่นับไมได
1. ________advice
2. ________animal
3. ________tomato
4. ________intelligence
5. ________freedom
6. ________hero
7. ________gold
8. ________cup
9. ________garden
D. จงขีดเสนใตคํากริยาที่ถูกตองในวงเล็บ
1. Politics (is, are) Pom’s field of study.
2. Your trousers (is, are) brown.
3. The news (depresses, depress) me.
4. The police (has, have) arrested the criminals.
5. Here (is, are) two answers.
6. Measles (is, are) dangerous.
7. The rich (is, are) lucky.
8. There (is, are) 150 species of butterfly.
9. How many fish (is, are) there in the pond?
![Page 14: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/14.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Unit 2 Prounouns
Pronoun
หมายถึง คําที่ใชแทนคํานาม หรือ คําที่ใชแทนชื่อคน สัตว หรือสิ่งของ แบงเปน 7 ประเภท คือ
ประธาน กรรม Possessive Pronoun Reflexive Pronoun
I me mine myself
We us ours ourselves
You you yours yourselves(yourself)
He him his himself
She her hers herself
It it its itself
They them theirs themselves
One one one’s oneself
![Page 15: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/15.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 2
Exercise A. จงขีดเสนใตคํา pronoun.
1. The dog chased its tail and finally caught it.
2. The painter prepared his brushes, and then he finally got to use them.
3. Teachers and students agreed that they had the same interests.
4. Extraction of a wisdom tooth can cause great pain if it is impacted.
5. Zebras are prized for the beauty they display.
6. The doctor removed John’s tonsils when he was five years old.
7. Ruth is bound to sell some antiques if she tries long enough.
8. Two atomic bombs ended World War II, but they are still discussed today.
9. San Francisco is a beautiful city; it is near to New York.
10. The state of Vermout imposes heavy income taxes when it needs funds.
B. จงเปลี่ยนคําที่ขีดเสนใตใหเปนสรรพนามใหถูกตอง
1. Mary is diligent. Mary studies her lessons every night.
2. John and Mary study in the same class. John and Mary are classmates.
3. Helen and I are neighbors. Helen and I live next to each other.
4. Jack is a good student. Jack never goes to school late.
5. Monty is Mary’s dog. Monty is an Alsatian.
![Page 16: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/16.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 3
C. จงเติมคําตอไปนี้ลงในชองวางใหถูกตอง “I, we, you, he, she, they, it”
1. Tom and I are friends. ___________ go to the same school. He goes to school by car.
___________ go by bus. Helen and Mary are sisters. __________have a dog. Helen likes
________ but Mary doesn’t. __________ always teases it.
2. Jim: Where do ___________ live?
Suda: _______________live in Chiengmai.
Jim: Where do your parents live?
Suda: __________live in Lampang.
3. Tom: Where is Somsak?
Winai: __________ is in the library with Pramote. __________ are studying for the exam
tomorrow.
4. Customer: How much are these birds?
Shopkeeper: ____________are 50 baht each.
Customer: And what about this one?
Shopkeeper: 100 bath. __________ is a nice bird and ________ sings beautifully.
![Page 17: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/17.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 4
D. จงเติมคําตอไปนี้ลงในชองวางใหถูกตอง me, you, us, him, her, them, it
1. Mrs. Smith is very kind. She is our neighbor. She likes my sister and __________. Yesterday
she gave _________ some cookies and we thanked _________.
2. John: Do you know _________?
Som: I know ________ but I don’t know his wife. I’ve never met _______.
3. Mary: What will you buy for Jim and Jane?
Susan: I will buy some presents for ________. I will buy a tennis racket and I will buy
________ a beautiful doll.
4. Mary: What did your father give ___________ on your birthday?
Suda: He gave __________a bicycle.
5. Jack: Where are Wichai and Danai?
Wimon: I don’t know. Why do you want to see ________?
Jack: I want to tell ___________ good news.
![Page 18: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/18.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 5
คํา Pronoun
หมายถึง คําที่ใชแทนคํานาม หรือ คําที่ใชแทนชื่อคน สัตว หรือสิ่งของ แบงเปน 7 ประเภท คือ
1. Personal Pronoun 2. Possessive Pronoun
3. Reflexive Pronoun 4. Indefinite Pronouns
5. Relative Pronoun 6. Demonstrative
7. Other Pronouns
Personal Pronoun คือ คําสรรพนามที่ใชแทนคน สัตว และสิ่งของ แบงเปน 2 สวน คือ
A. สรรพนามที่ใชเปนประธาน ของประโยค เชน
I am a student.
We are boys.
You have three pens.
He has ten dogs.
She has four brothers.
They go to school.
It has two legs.
B. สรรพนามที่ใชเปนกรรม ตามหลังกริยาและตามหลังบุพบท เชน
Mary likes me.
I told him a story.
Helen bought a big cake for us.
I will see her tomorrow.
Did you see the snake? Yes. I saw it.
Tom dislikes them.
![Page 19: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/19.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 6
Possessive Pronoun
คือ คํานามที่แสดงความเปนเจาของทําหนาที่ไดทั้งเปนประธานและกรรม ไดแก mine, yours, his, hers, theirs,
ours, its เชน
That is your book; this is mine.
This is my bag. Where is yours?
Are those your clothes? No, they are his.
I parked my car behind hers.
My parents work in Bangkok. Theirs work in Phuket.
Can I borrow your pen? Yours works better than mine.
These pictures are ours.
![Page 20: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/20.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 7
Exercise In the following sentences, supply the missing personal and impersonal pronouns as shown in
the examples.
Example: The governor signed the proclamation.
She signed it.
1. Has the cat made a mess of dinner again?
Has ________ made a mess of dinner again?
2. No one but John can do that job properly.
No one but _______ can do that job properly.
3. Franklin and Eleanor Poosevelt had several children.
__________ had several children.
4. Your view of London and my view differ widely.
Your view of London and________differ widely.
5. Do you know when Dubliners was first published?
Do you know when ________ was first published?
6. Does this book belong to Norman and Susie?
Does this book belong to ____________?
7. Whatever preference you may have, there is a suitable wine.
Whatever your preference, there is a wine suitable for ________.
8. Was the portrait of his wife?
Was the portrait of _________?
9. Jane was instructed to give the paper to no one but Joe.
Jane was instructed to give the paper to no one but_________
![Page 21: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/21.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 8
Reflexive Pronoun
คือ คําสรรพนามที่แสดงใหเห็นถึงการกระทํานั้นเกิดขึ้นแกตนเอง ไดแก myself, himself, herself, itself,
yourself (yourselves), ourselves, themselves
A. สรรพนามประเภทนี้ใชเมื่อประธานและกรรมเปนตัวเดียวกัน ในกรณีนี้สรรพนามพวกนี้จะทําหนาที่เปนกรรม ของกริยา
หรือบางครั้งจะตามบุพบท เชน
I cut myself.
He shaved himself.
They blamed themselves for the accident.
She spoke to herself.
Make yourself at home.
Take care of yourselves.
We enjoyed ourselves very much.
The dog got up and stretched itself.
B. สรรพนามประเภทนี้ใชเพื่อเนนวาประธานเปนผูทํากริยานั้น ๆ หรือบางครั้งอาจใชเนนกรรม เชน
I opened the door myself.
She herself told me the news.
He himself says so.
He says so himself.
I spoke to the students themselves.
She likes the diamond itself but not the setting.
We should see the house ourselves.
![Page 22: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/22.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 9
Exercise A. จงเติมคําตอไปนี้ลงในชองวางใหถูกตอง myself, yourself, himself, herself, itself, themselves, ourselves,
yourselves
1. A: Don’t exercise too much. You will hurt ______________.
B: Don’t worry. I will stop now. I don’t want to hurt ___________.
2. A: May is very proud of _____________. She has got an A in Physics.
B: John is very proud of ________ too. He has got an A in Geography.
3. A: Did you eat all those oranges ___________?
B: Yes, they were very good.
4. A: Who painted your house?
B: We painted our house ___________.
5. A: Why do you think that Mrs. Jones is crazy?
B: It’s because she often talks to ___________.
6. A: Are Susan and Carol going out for dinner with us?
B: No, they are going to fix dinner by _____________.
7. The dog got up and stretched _____________.
8. Gary helped ______________ to another large piece of cake.
9. You owe ______________ a long vacation.
10. Our wishes ______________are to blame for our faults.
11. Nancy washed ______________ in the stream.
12. I usually give ______________ the benefit of the doubt; doesn’t one always give_____________
the same advantage?
13. God helps those who help ______________.
14. After each meal, Louise blesses ______________.
15. You should stop fooling ______________ about your health.
16. Mr. Sauders made ______________ successful through hard work.
![Page 23: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/23.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 10
17. Pam taught ______________ Spanish and French.
18. We are forcing ______________ to lose weight.
19. You should not blame ______________ for what went wrong.
20. She ______________will end up hurting.
21. Many a writer has found ______________ at loose ends after completing her first novel.
22. The town was ruining ______________ by permitting neighboring towns to discharge waste into
its sewage system.
![Page 24: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/24.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 11
B. Choose the best answer.
1. Any student who does not do __________homework will be punished.
a) his b) their c) her d) one’s
2. They went to visit a friend ________________in Chieng Mai.
a) of my b) of us c) of them d) of their
3. Some of the boys are in the room, but where are ____________?
a) other b) the others c) the other d) another
4. ____________ children like watching TV.
a) Almost b) The most c) Most of d) Most
5. As my bicycle was broken, I borrowed __________.
a) John b) John’s one c) John’s d) one of John
6. “Would you like to come to the cinema with me tonight?”
“Thank you, but I am very tired. We should go ____________time.”
a) other b) the other c) at other d) another
7. Your composition is too short. Write _________ page or two.
a) other b) another c) others d) the other
8. The manager wanted to see John and __________.
a) me b) I c) mine d) my
9. “Paul has a knife.”
“Don’t let him cut ___________”
a) himself b) itself c) him d) self
10. “Wantana can’t find her umbrella.”
“Is this red one___________?”
a) of her b) her’s c) hers d) her
11. “Is your new dress blue?” Yes, it’s ____________.
a) my b) my one c) of mine d) mine
![Page 25: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/25.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 12
12. She lent her pen to _________ girl.
a) another b) the other c) the one d) others
13. Say what type _______ of them is.
a) all b) some c) each d) most
14. When I was in Phuket, I saw a good friend of _________.
a) they b) me c) her d) yours
15. Which girl is your daughter?”
“ _________ with a pony tail.”
a) The one b) One c) She d) Another
16. ____________of my sisters is a nurse.
a) Other b) Others c) One d) Ones
17. I prefer red roses to yellow ___________.
a) others b) one c) anothers d) ones
18. The twins look alike. It is difficult to tell one from __________.
a) the other b) other c) others d) one
19. My seat is next to __________of the chairman.
a) this b) that c) those d) one
20. Why did you do __________ to me?
a) one b) these c) this d) those
21. Which do you want to give me, this or ___________?
a) one b) another c) this d) that
22. I gave him some of my books in exchange for some of ____________.
a) his b) her c) them d) your
23. Peter shaves ___________every day.
a) him b) myself c) himself d) oneself
![Page 26: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/26.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 13
24. She bought _________ a new dress.
a) herself b) myself c) himself d) itself
25. The two sisters love each ____________.
a) another b) one c) others d) other
26. The teacher was pleased because __________of her students failed the test.
a) all b) some c) most d) none
27. I have to go shopping because there’s _____________left in the refrigerator.
a) something b) nothing c) everything d) anything
28. Excuse me, Mr. Johns __________wants to see you now.
a) somebody b) nobody c) one d) none
29. He is very sad because he thinks that ___________ loves him.
a) somebody b) everybody c) nobody d) anybody
30. __________of the boys has a lot of toys.
a) All b) Most c) Some d) Each
31. The babies hurt ___________ when they fell.
a) itself b) themselves c) himself d) ourselves
32. __________ of us like Winai.
a) Each b) One c) All d) Every
33. __________ hopes that I will certainly come.
a) Everyone b) All c) Some d) Most of them
34. ___________ of the oranges I bought are sweet.
a) Each b) Every c) One d) Most
35. Anne didn’t tell ________ about her secret.
a) someone b) anyone c) no one d) none
36. Did you say ______________ to Mr. Jones about our plans?
a) any b) anything c) nothing d) all
![Page 27: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/27.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 14
37. _____________ knows a thing about this except you and me.
a) No one b) Anyone c) Some d) Many
38. My mother bought two dresses for me, but I didn’t want ___________ of them.
a) all b) neither c) either d) some
39. Those two books are interesting. I want to buy ________ of them.
a) neither b) all c) some d) both
40. You can ask Somchai or Winai. I think ________ of them can help you.
a) either b) neither c) none d) all
![Page 28: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/28.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 15
Indefinite Pronouns
หมายถึง สรรพนามที่ไมเฉพาะเจาะจง ใชกับกริยารูปเอกพจนเสมอ
A. everybody, everyone, everything
Everybody likes you.
Everyone is ready.
Tell me everything about it.
B. somebody, someone, something
There’s someone at the door.
Somebody gave me this old book.
There’s something on the floor.
C. Each
Each of the boys wants this toy.
He wants to speak to each of us.
D. anybody, anyone, anything
Does anyone know that man?
Would anybody like a drink?
Don’t you have anything for me to do?
I don’t like anything here.
I didn’t see anybody there.
E. nobody, no one, nothing
Nobody likes him.
I want nothing from you.
No one will come here tomorrow.
![Page 29: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/29.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 16
F. either, neither, each, every
Either of these boys will help you.
Neither of these two girls is my sister.
Every car needs petrol.
Each student has a bag.
Take either half.
Neither book gives the correct answer.
![Page 30: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/30.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 17
Exercise
A. Choose the best answer.
1. A: Why is Dara sad?
B: It’s because _______ likes her.
a) nothing b) everyone c) anything d) no one
2. A: Where are you going?
B: I’m going to the drugstore. Do you want me to buy _________ for you?
a) anybody b) anything c) nothing d) everything
3. A: Is there _________ to eat here?
B: No. You have to go to a restaurant.
a) nothing b) either c) anything d) neither
4. A: Which book do you want?
B: _________ of them. Both are good.
a) Either b) Neither c) Every d) Nothing
5. We are sorry. There’s _________ that we can do to help you.
a) something b) anything c) nothing d) no one
6. __________ room in this hotel has a private bathroom.
a) Every b) Either c) Neither d) No one
7. I am hungry. Give me ______________ to eat.
a) nothing b) something c) neither d) either
8. The teacher invited _________ student in his class to his birthday party.
a) every b) neither c) either d) each
9. A: Why was she angry with her two sisters?
B: __________ of them helped her with her homework.
a) Either b) No one c) Neither d) Each
![Page 31: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/31.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 18
10. A: Why is Tom lucky?
B: His uncle loves him and buys ________ that he wants for him.
a) nothing b) everything c) something d) each
![Page 32: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/32.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 19
B. Choose the best answer to fill in the banks. no one, anyone, everyone, nothing, everything,
anything, something, someone.
1. A: Is there anyone in Room 543?
B: No, there isn’t __________ in Room 543, but there’s ____________ in Room 544.
2. A: Is there ___________ I can buy for you in the town?
B: Yes, I want some writing paper.
3. A: Who can mend my watch?
B: I’m sorry. ___________ here can mend your watch.
4. A: What shall we do this evening?
B: There’s ___________ to do this evening. We have finished all our work.
5. A: Is there __________ here who wants to play tennis?
B: Yes, Jack wants to play tennis.
6. A: Did you buy anything here?
B: No, I didn’t like __________ here.
7. A: Carol will bring _______________for you to drink.
B: That’s good. I’m very thirsty.
8. A: Why do you always come to this shop?
B: It sells __________.
9. A: Who can take Sally to the airport?
B: There isn’t ___________ here who can take her there. __________ here has a car.
10. A: Who went to her birthday party last night?
B: ____________ did. She is a popular girl.
![Page 33: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/33.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 20
C. Choose one of the following words to fill in the banks. Each, every, either, neither
1. A: Which of those two houses did Bill buy?
B: He bought ________________of them. They were too expensive.
2. A: Which of the two books will you choose?
B: I won’t choose ______________ of them. They are not interesting.
3. A: Why is Mr.Ross happy?
B: It’s because ______________ of his students has passed the test.
4. __________ student here has to wear a uniform.
5. A: We saw everything in the city.
B: Did you see ___________ museum?
A: Yes, we saw every one of them.
6. A: Can I invite Susan, or must I invite Kathy?
B: You can invite _________of them. Both of them are nice.
7. A: Do you prefer the blue car or the red one?
B: I prefer _____________of them. There are ugly.
8. ___________ girl in this class is studying hard.
![Page 34: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/34.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 21
Relative Pronoun
คือ สรรพนามที่ใชเปนเสมือนตัวเช่ือม ไดแก who, whom, whose, which, what, where, when, why, that
Who (ผูซึ่ง) ใชแทนนามที่เปนบุคคล และบุคคลนั้นตองเปนผูกระทําดวยจึงจะใช who ไปเปนสรรพนาม เชน
He is the postman who brings a letter for us at home.
The boy who studies hard can pass the examination easily.
Whom (ผูซึ่ง) ใชแทนนามที่เปนบุคคล และเมื่อไปแทนแลว Whom อยูในฐานะเปนผูถูกกระทําตลอดไป เชน
This is the student whom his teacher punished.
The singer whom I saw at Chicago is Michael Jackson.
Whose (ผูซึ่ง…ของเขา) ใชแทนนามที่เปนบุคคล เพื่อแสดงความเปนเจาของของนามที่ตามหลัง และ ใหสังเกตไวดวยวา
หลัง whose ตองมีนามเสมอ เชน
John is the boy whose father died in the war.
The girl whose mother has gone to Japan is my cousin.
Which, that (ที่, ซึ่ง) ใชแทนนามที่เปนสัตว, สิ่งของ ทั้งในรูปที่เปนประธานและกรรมไดทั้งนั้น เชน
The animal which/that has wings is a bird.
That is the ticket which/that I bought for you.
![Page 35: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/35.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 22
Exercise
A. In the following sentences, supply the missing relative pronouns as shown in this examples.
Example: The table that you refinished is standing in the study.
1. This essay, __________ is the best I can write, will surely be judged worthy of publication.
2. The story __________ I told you must not be reported.
3. Actresses __________ are good enough for the Broadway stage must surely be good enough
for regional theaters.
4. The antique of __________ you are so proud are worthless.
5. Plays __________ plots are obvious cannot hold the interest of an audience.
6. Horses __________ find their way home cannot be thought of as dumb animals.
7. My house, __________ is for sale, sits on a large plot.
8. The partners __________ signed the agreement lived to regret doing so.
9. Young men __________ you see in bars may not be spending their time wisely.
10. To __________ shall I address the letter?
![Page 36: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/36.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 23
B. Choose the best answer.
1. This is the school ________ I used to study.
a) where b) which c) that d) there
2. This test is for students ________________ native language is not English.
a) that b) whose c) which d) of whom
3. We saw a new play at the theatre, ___________we had supper at a restaurant.
a) after which b) which after c) then which d) and that after
4. The student ___________ lost his bag is waiting in the office.
a) what b) whose c) who d) which
5. The house _________ they live needs repairing.
a) where b) which c) whose d) what
6. The supermarket ___________ I shop does not accept checks.
a) when b) which c) that d) where
7. This is the biggest shopping center ____________ I have ever seen.
a) where b) what c) that d) whom
8. This is the only road __________ takes us to Henry’s house.
a) where b) whose c) who d) which
9. I could not understand ____________ the speaker said.
a) that b) what c) which d) whose
10. I’m going to see my uncle ____________ is in hospital.
a) who b) whom c) whose d) that
11. I have read the book __________ you lent me.
a) whom b) who c) that d) whose
12. Children _________ eat a lot of candy often get bad teeth.
a) which b) what c) who d) whom
![Page 37: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/37.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 24
13. The girl __________ pen you borrowed needs it.
a) what b) whose c) who d) which
14. Go and find the guests ___________ arrived here yesterday.
a) who b) whom c) which d) what
15. Look at the horses ____________ are drinking in the river.
a) whom b) who c) which d) what
16. The student ____________ father is sick does not come to school today.
a) who b) which c) what d) whose
17. I ate all the cake __________ you gave me.
a) what b) that c) when d) whom
18. My brother Tom, __________ hates fishing, will stay at home.
a) who b) whom c) that d) which
19. A man, ____________ name I have forgotten, came to see you yesterday.
a) whom b) which c) whose d) what
20. I put everything in my suitcase,_________ is under my bed.
a) what b) who c) that d) which
21. The teacher, ____________ every student is afraid of, is really very nice.
a) whose b) which c) that d) whom
22. She will go to visit her hometown, ___________ she always talks about.
a) that b) which c) whom d) where
23. This is the town ____________ I was born.
a) that b) which c) where d) when
24. I’m staying here with my eldest sister, ___________ you met last night.
a) whom b) who c) that d) which
25. The man___________ car was stolen was killed by the robbers.
a) who b) which c) what d) whose
![Page 38: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/38.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 25
26. Do you know Stephen King ______________ is the author of this novel?
a) who b) whom c) which d) whose
27. John lent me his new car _____________ he bought only last month.
a) what b) when c) that d) whom
28. Some of the friends ___________ did not come.
a) I invited b) I invited them
c) whom I invited them d) which I invited
29. The movie _____________ was a good one.
a) which we saw last night b) what we saw last night
c) that we saw it last night d) which we saw it last night
30. The man ______________ told the police.
a) found it b) he found it c) who found it d) who found
31. The magazine ____________ is not in the library.
a) I need it b) which I need it c) I need d) that I need it
32. The woman ____________ was young and pretty.
a) I spoke to her b) whom I spoke to her
c) I spoke to d) that I spoke
33. The key ___________ has disappeared.
a) opens the office b) it opens the office
c) that opens the office by d) that opens the office
34. The boys ____________ are very good students.
a) that you met here b) that you met them there
c) whom you met them here d) whom you met here
35. I can’t remember ____________ John told me about the accident.
a) whose b) what c) which d) who
![Page 39: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/39.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 26
Demonstrative
คําชนิดนี้ไดแก “this, that, these, those” มีหนาที่ 2 อยาง คือ
A. ใชขยายคํานาม เรียกวา “Determiner” อยูหนานาม
this และ that ใชขยายคํานามเอกพจน
these และ those ใชขยายคํานามพหูพจน
this girl
this boy
that student
that house
these girls
these boys
those students
those houses
หมายเหตุ this และ these ใชขยายคํานามซึ่งอยูใกลตัวผูพูด
that และ those ใชขยายคํานามซึ่งอยูไกลตัวผูพูด
B. ใชแบบคํานาม เรียกวา “Demonstrative Pronouns” ทําหนาที่เปนประธานและกรรม
ประธาน This is my car.
That is yours.
This is not good.
These are your shirts.
Those are mine.
กรรม I like this. I don’t like that.
I want these, but he wants those.
![Page 40: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/40.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 27
ใชหลัง Verb to be
What is this? It’s a calculator.
What is that? It’s a photocopier.
What is these? They are rubies.
What are those? They are parrots.
![Page 41: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/41.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 28
Exercise
A. จงดูวาคํา this, that, these, those ในประโยคตอไปน้ี เปน Pronoun (P) หรือ Determiner (D) เขยีน P หรือ D
ไวท่ีชองวาง ทายประโยค
1. This girl is pretty. ___________
2. That is Susan’s house. ___________
3. This is my father’s office. ___________
4. What is that boy doing? ___________
5. These are my books. ___________
6. What are those? ___________
7. Do you want to buy those roses? ___________
8. I don’t want to eat this. ___________
9. Those are good books. ___________
10. What is that? ___________
11. Is that man your friend? ___________
12. Are those your pens? ___________
13. These boys are diligent. ___________
14. Whose students are those girls? ___________
15. Do you want to drive that car? ___________
![Page 42: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/42.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 29
B. จงเติม this, that, these, those ลงในประโยคตอไปน้ี
1. This is my umbrella. Is ___________ yours?
2. This is my sister. _________ are Bill’s sisters.
3. _____________ are the old typewriters. Those are the new ones.
4. What is ___________ thing in the sky? Is it a flying saucer?
5. I don’t like these vases. I like ___________ on the shelf.
6. Which will you have, these or _____________?
7. Indeed, if it were not ___________, I would not have told you.
8. I sewed a few of ___________ before I went on to ___________.
9. Let ___________ stand at best effort.
10. He decided to sell me ___________ instead of these.
11. Picture ___________ standing in your living room.
12. When you consider famous thoroughbreds of all time, it is doubtful that Secretariat would be the
___________ comes to mind.
13. We ate a little of ___________ and a little of ___________.
14. We ate a few of ___________ and a few of ___________.
15. When conditions are ___________ that Eastern Airlines closes down shuttle flights to
Washington, you know that no other airlines will be flying either.
16. ___________ who are willing to stand for office must be willing to debate in public.
![Page 43: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/43.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 30
Other Pronouns
สรรพนามอื่นๆ ที่ควรรูจัก ไดแก both, all, none, one, ones, another, other, others
A. Both ทําหนาที่เปนทั้งสรรพนามและคุณศัพท มีความหมายวา ทั้งสอง
สรรพนาม He has two sons. Both are taller than he is.
Both of those books are mine.
I want to buy both.
คุณศัพท Both banks of the river are covered with snow.
Both boys are naughty.
I want to mail both letters.
B. All ทําหนาที่เปนทั้งสรรพนามและคุณศัพท มีความหมายวา ทั้งหมด ใชกับนามที่นับไมไดและนับไดทั้งสองอยางสําหรับนาม
ที่นับไดตองมีรูปพหูพจน
สรรพนาม Is all of this money yours?
All of my brothers are good at sport.
All of us want to go.
คุณศัพท All six boys arrived late.
All oranges are not sweet.
He drank all the water that I gave him.
![Page 44: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/44.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 31
C. None เปนสรรพนาม แปลวา ไมมีสักอัน, ไมมีใครเลย, ไมเลย ใชไดกับทั้งคํานามที่นับไดและนับไมได
1. A: Is there any beer in the refrigerator?
B: No, there’s none left.
2. A: Why were you angry with them?
B: None of them wanted to help me.
หมายเหตุ neither หมายถึงไมใชสิ่งหนึ่งสิ่งใดในจํานวนสอง สวน none หมายถึงไมมีสักสิ่งเดียวหรือคนเดียวในจํานวน
มากกวาสองขึ้นไป
D. One-Ones
1. One เปนสรรพนามที่ใชแทนคํานามเอกพจนที่กลาวถึงแลว
Ones เปนสรรพนามที่ใชแทนคํานามพหูพจนที่กลาวถึงมากอน
สวนใหญในกรณีนี้ one และ ones จะใชในประโยคเปรียบเทียบ หรือ ในประโยคที่เกี่ยวกับการเลือก
This chair is too low. I’ll sit in that one.
I don’t like this red car. I like that grey one.
I want these blue pens. I don’t want those red ones.
This one is better than that.
These ones are more beautiful than those.
Which one (ones) do you like best?
![Page 45: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/45.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 32
2. One หมายถึง หนึ่ง, คนหนึ่ง, อันหนึ่ง ทําหนาที่เปนทั้งสรรพนาม และ คุณศัพท
สรรพนาม I want to borrow one of your books.
One of the students failed the test.
One of my friends came late.
คุณศัพท I bought one kilo of oranges.
This trip will take one month.
One night there was a terrible storm.
E. Another เปนทั้งสรรพนามและคุณศัพท แปลวา อีก
สรรพนาม One student wanted to see a play.
Another wanted to go to a concert.
I don’t like this hat. Please show me another.
คุณศัพท I want another cup of tea.
She will have another child next year.
Please give me another pen.
![Page 46: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/46.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 33
F. Other เปนทั้งสรรพนามและคุณศัพท แปลวา อื่น, อื่น ๆ
สรรพนาม the other ใชกับ article “the” แปลวา อีกคนหนึ่ง, อีกอันหนึ่ง มีความหมายเปนเอกพจนมักจะใช
เมื่อรูจํานวนคน หรือสิ่งของแนนอน และมักใชคูกับ one
I have two sisters.
One is a teacher; the other is a nurse.
He has three bags.
One is black; another is blue. The other is brown.
คุณศัพท other ใชขยายนามทั้งที่เปนเอกพจนและพหูพจน
Where are the other boys?
The post office is on the other side of the street.
I know Wichai, but I don’t know your other sons.
G. Others-The others
Others เปนคําสรรพนาม มีความหมายวา คนอื่น ๆ, อันอื่น ๆ มักใชคูกับ some
Some students go to school by bus; others go by car.
Some are rich; others are poor.
Some people eat rice; others eat bread.
The others เปนคําสรรพนาม มีความหมายวา คนอื่น ๆ, อันอื่น ๆ ตางจาก others เพราะ the others มีความหมายเฉพาะ
เจาะจงกวา เชน
Some of my students are good at English; the others (the other students of mine) are
good at Maths.
There are twenty guests. Fifteen are here.
Where are the others(5 left)?
![Page 47: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/47.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 34
Exercise
A. จงเลือกคํามาเติมในชองวางใหถูกตอง
1. These apples are mine; ______________ are yours.
a) others b) the others c) both d) another
2. Some students are lazy. ___________ students are diligent.
a) Others b) The other c) Other d) All
3. There is a hotel on Rose Street. And there’s __________ hotel on Queen Street.
a) other b) others c) none d) another
4. Some people drive carefully; ____________ drive dangerously.
a) others b) the others c) another d) all
5. Some of the students here are obedient; ___________ are disobedient.
a) others b) the others c) both d) another
6. Hendry has two cars. One is blue, and _________ is white.
a) other b) the other c) both d) one
7. I have three close friends, ____________is a doctor; another is a teacher, and _________ is an
engineer.
a) one – the other b) another – other c) one – none d) another – the other
8. Mary has two children. _________________are studying in my school.
a) all b) another c) others d) both
9. I wanted some string, but there was ___________ in the house.
a) one b) none c) all d) another
10. A: I have five tickets for the concert. How many of you want to go?
B: ____________ of us want to go.
a) All b) Both c) Others d) The others
![Page 48: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/48.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 35
11. Ed: I have 300 baht. If you need money, take ___________ of it.
Bill: Thank you.
a) none b) one c) ones d) all
12. Don: You have 500 baht. Please lend me 100 baht.
John: I’m sorry. _____________ of this money is mine.
a) all b) other c) none d) one
13. Suda: Do you want a blue pen or a red one?
Ann: I want __________.
a) both b) all c) another d) others
14. Ben: Of all these three boys, which one do you like best?
Tom: I like___________. All of them are unkind to my dog.
a) all b) none c) others d) both
B. จงเติมคําตอไปนี้ลงในชองวางใหถูกตอง one, ones, both, all, none
1. A: Have you got a red pen?
B: Yes, I’ve got _____________.
2. A: How much are these oranges?
B: Ten baht a kilo.
A: I want two kilos. Give me big juicy _____________.
3. A: Can they all speak English?
B: Yes. ___________ of them can.
4. A: Do your two brothers drink whisky?
B: Yes. ___________ of them do.
5. A: Did the four women sing?
B: No, _________of them did.
![Page 49: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/49.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก 36
6. A: Which of these notebooks do you want?
B: I want this yellow ___________.
7. A: Will Kanya and Wilai stay for tea?
B: Yes. ___________ of them will.
8. A: Can your three sons drive?
B: Yes. ____________ of them can.
9. A: Do those four men smoke?
B: No, ________________ of them do.
10. A: Can I have some more orange juice?
B: I’m sorry. There’s _____________ left.
![Page 50: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/50.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Unit 3 Articles
เปนคําที่ใชนําหนาคํานาม แบงเปน 2 ชนิด คือ
1. Indefinite Article
ไดแก a, an ใชนําหนาคํานามนับไดเอกพจน เพื่อแสดงจํานวน หรือทําใหคํานามนั้นมีความหมายทั่วไป ไมช้ีเฉพาะ
เจาะจง
A ใชกับคํานามนับไดเอกพจน ซึ่งขึ้นตนดวยพยัญชนะ หรือคํานามนับไดเอกพจนที่ขึ้นตนดวย สระ แตออกเสียงเหมือน
พยัญชนะ เชน
a mouse a school a book
a university a uniform a union
นอกจากนี้ a ยังใชในสํานวนเกี่ยวกับการเจ็บปวย ความถี่
to have a cold
a headache
a fever
Once a week
Twice a week
An ใชกับคํานามนับไดเอกพจนซึ่งขึ้นตนดวยสระ หรือคํานามนับไดเอกพจนที่ขึ้นตนดวย พยัญชนะ “h” แตออก
เสียงเหมือนสระ เชน
An elephant
An umbrella
An hour
An apple
![Page 51: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/51.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 2
Exercise A. Make these sentences singular, using the Indefinite Article.
1. Coats have collars.
_____________________________________.
2. Nouns are words.
_____________________________________.
3. Houses have roofs.
_____________________________________.
4. Horses are animals.
_____________________________________.
5. Balls are toys.
_____________________________________.
6. Bullocks are useful animals.
_____________________________________.
7. Boots are kinds of shoes.
_____________________________________.
8. Watches are small clocks.
_____________________________________.
9. Farmers use ploughs.
_____________________________________.
10. Roses are beautiful flowers.
_____________________________________.
11. Frenchmen are Europeans.
_____________________________________.
12. Girls wear dresses.
_____________________________________.
![Page 52: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/52.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 3
13. Postmen wear caps.
_____________________________________.
14. Oranges are good to eat.
_____________________________________.
1. Classrooms have blackboards.
_____________________________________.
2. Dogs are good friends to men.
_____________________________________.
17. Children are not always good.
_____________________________________.
18. There are always tables and chairs in dining - rooms.
_____________________________________.
19. Long sentences are hard for beginners.
_____________________________________.
20. Hungry boys eat large dinners.
_____________________________________.
21. Ants are insects.
_____________________________________.
22. Soldiers are brave men.
_____________________________________.
23. Pounds buy more than shillings.
_____________________________________.
24. Cities are big towns.
_____________________________________.
25. Schools are large buildings.
_____________________________________.
![Page 53: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/53.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 4
B. Add “a” or “an” where necessary.
1. __________ cow eats __________ grass in __________ summer.
2. I like __________ jam on __________ piece of __________ bread.
1. I can write __________ letter in __________ ink or with __________ pencil.
4. __________ milk comes from __________ cow.
5. __________ cat has __________ tail.
2. __________ cat eats __________ meat.
7. __________ ring is made of __________ gold or silver.
8. We make __________ butter and __________ cheese from __________ milk.
3. __________ cigarette is made of __________ tobacco and __________ paper.
10. __________ child must have __________ food.
11. __________ sugar is nice in __________ cup of tea.
12. We eat __________ soup with __________ spoon.
13. __________ knife is made of __________ metal.
14. __________ window is made of __________ glass.
15. __________ handkerchief is made of __________ piece of cloth.
16. __________ grass always grows in __________English field.
17. __________ chair is made of __________ wood.
18. __________ coffee is __________ drink.
19. __________ coat is made of __________ wool.
20. __________ fish swims in __________ water.
21. We can write __________ letter on __________ paper.
22. __________ piano makes __________ music.
23. __________ iron is metal.
24. __________bread is made from __________ flour, and __________flour is made from
wheat.
![Page 54: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/54.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 5
25. __________ orange grows on __________ tree.
1. Definite Article
ไดแก the ใชนําหนาคํานามที่เฉพาะเจาะจง
Could I see the book about England?
Please give me the grapes on the table.
I have an orange and some apples. Who wants the orange?
คํานามที่ถูกกลาวถึงเปนครั้งที่สอง จะใช the นอกจากนี้ the ยังใชกับคําที่แสดงขั้นสูงสุดในการเปรียบเทียบ หรือคําที่
แสดงลําดับที่
the best
the lowest
the most
the first
the second
the third
หรือ the ใชกับคํานามที่มีอยูเพียงสิ่งเดียวในโลก
the world
the sun
the earth
the moon
the north
the east
the south
the west
“the” ใชกับช่ือประเทศที่มีคําวา “union, united, republic, kingdom” เชน
the Republic of Panama
the Soviet Union
the United States of America
the Kingdom of Thailand
![Page 55: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/55.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 6
the ใชกับเครื่องดนตรี
play the piano (the violin)
the ใชกับคํานามชื่อเฉพาะตาง ๆ พวกมหาสมุทร ชองแคบ คลอง เทือกเขา เชน
the Atlantic Ocean
the Black Forest
the Red sea
the Suez Canal
the Rocky Mountains
the Sahara Desert
the Himalayas
the ใชในสํานวนเกี่ยวกับเวลา และสถานที่ เชน
in the morning
the day before yesterday
in the bedroom
on the beach
down the stairs
the ใชกับสถานที่ หรืออนุสาวรียที่รูจักอยางดี
the Taj Mahal
the Empire State Building
the White House
the ใชกับโรงแรม, โรงหนัง
the Hilton (Hotel)
the Ambassador (Hotel)
the Fox (Theater)
the Playhouse (Theater)
![Page 56: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/56.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 7
หมายเหตุ
1. สําหรับคํานามชื่อเฉพาะบางอยางไมใช the เชน ช่ือสวนสาธารณะ ช่ือถนน ช่ือทวีป เปนตน เชน
Central Park
Hyde Park
Fifth Avenue
Asia
Europe
America
2. ในสํานวนบางอยางจะไมใช the หรือ article อื่น ๆ เลย เชน
go to bed, church, work
go by bus, car, train
be at home, school, work
play football, tennis, cards
to have breakfast, lunch, dinner
Exercise A. Fill in the articles where needed.
1. ________ poor man we met yesterday had ________ little food.
2. I had ________ lunch with ________ old friend of mine near ________Lumpini Park
yesterday.
3. ________ chair which you are sitting on is not comfortable.
4. ________ fire which destroyed ________ building started from Dang’s room.
5. I bought ________ new hat yesterday. They said that it was ________ new style from
________ United States.
6. We had ________ dinner together at ________ good restaurant yesterday.
7. ________ Chao Praya is ________ best known river in Thailand.
8. We all had ________ good time at ________ dance last night.
9. Please open ________ windows because air in this room is not good.
10. ________ horse is ________ useful animal.
![Page 57: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/57.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 8
11. He painted ________ front door of his house with ________ green paint.
12. Put your bag in ________ back of ________ car.
1. ________ Indian tigers are ________ fierce animals.
2. ________cat caught ________ mouse yesterday but ________ lucky mouse escaped.
15. Which is ________ quickest way to ________ Royal Hotel?
16. Would you like ________ cup of tea and ________ cake?
3. ________ cheese and ________ butter are substances.
18. ________Alps are ________ highest mountains in ________Europe.
19. Take ________ chair and make yourself at ________ home; I shall be back in ________
minute.
4. He went to ________ bed with ________ bad cold.
B. Add “a”, “an”, “some” or “the” where necessary.
1. ________ children love ________ fruit.
2. It is pleasant to read ________ book in ________ afternoon.
3. ________ books are interesting for ________ child.
4. There is ________ garden behind ________ house.
5. I have ________ pen and ________ pencil.
6. ________ tea is very hot. I must put ________ milk in it.
7. ________ postman has just put ________ letter under ________ door.
8. You must give him ________ food and ________ cup of coffee.
9. ________ door of ________ garage is broken.
10. There are ________ beautiful flowers in ________ park.
11. I want ________ glass of ________ milk.
12. ________ student at back of ________ class is reading ________ newspaper.
13. It is not good to smoke ________ cigarette before ________ meal.
14. ________ page of ________ book is torn.
15. There is ________ fly in ________ lemonade.
16. ________ luggage is on ________ platform.
17. ________ butcher opposite ________ library always sells ________ good meat.
18. ________ cat may look at ________ king.
19. ________ donkeys are ________ stupid animals.
![Page 58: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/58.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 9
20. Put ________ butter on ________ potatoes.
21. I am fond of ________ apples with _______ cheese.
22. He always smokes ________ cigarette with ________ cup of ________ coffee.
1. Take________ umbrella with you to ________ office, it may rain.
2. ________ car is ready now.
25. I want ________ tin of ________ peaches, ________ sugar, and ________ pound of
________ raspberry jam.
![Page 59: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/59.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Exercise Unit3 Articles
Choose the most appropriate alternative.
1. She will be here in ___________ hour.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
2. He likes __________ chess but I like __________ basketball.
a) a-a b) an-an
c) the-the d) no article needed
1. __________ elephant never forgets.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
4. Have you got ___________ New York Times?
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
5. Do you want __________ tea?
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
6. This semester I’m going to study __________life of Beethoven.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
7. Jack wants to learn ___________ guitar.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
8. How did you like __________ film?
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
9. Jack was elected ___________ President for the second time.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
10. He has got ___________ strange look in his eye.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
11. A: What would you like to order?
B: Let me see ___________ menu first.
a) a b) some c) the d) an
![Page 60: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/60.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 2
12. She lives in ______________ United States now.
a) the b) a c) an d) no article needed
1. Paul likes ___________.
a) music and pretty girls b) a music and pretty girls
c) a music and a pretty girl d) music and pretty girl
2. Is ___________ Mt. Everest __________ highest peak of ______________ Himalayas?
a) the – the – the b) a – the – no article needed
c) no article needed – the – the d) no article needed – a - the
2. We’re going to ______________ work now.
a) a b) the c) no article needed d) some
2. I like John. He is ___________ honest man.
a) a b) the c) an d) no article needed
2. _________________ Englishman we met at the conference was married.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
3. Have you ever been to ____________ Soviet Union?
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
3. ___________ always unwelcome.
a) The bad news is b) A bad news is c) The bad news are d) Bad news is
3. We stopped for ________ breakfast at a restaurant nearby.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
3. I want to take _________ walk.
a) no article needed b) the c) some d) a
3. One of ___________ elephants ran away from the zoo.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
![Page 61: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/61.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 3
23. “Raiders of the Lost Ark” is ______________ exciting film.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
24. The boys will be here in ___________ few hours.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
4. Many tourists come to _________ Bangkok for their holidays.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
5. My father is _____________ kind and honest man.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
27. ____________ Republic of Singapore is well known for her cleanliness.
a) no article needed b) The c) An d) A
28. I am going on ____________ European holiday next month.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
29. The hens have laid half ____________ dozen eggs this morning.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
30. Jane’s house is only_____________ hour’s drive.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
31. The government will build ____________ university here.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
32. Mount Everest is ____________ highest mountain in the world.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
33. ___________ Chinese are hard-working people.
a) no article needed b) The c) Every d) A
34. _____________ book on that shelf is not the one I want.
a) no article needed b) The c) An d) A
35. John is __________ best runner in the school.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
![Page 62: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/62.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
4
36. ___________ dogs are bigger than mice.
a) no article needed b) The c) Every d) A
5. He swam across ___________ Chao Praya River.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
5. ___________ swimming is a good exercise.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
5. The earth goes around ___________ sun.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
5. Winai and Weera will travel in __________ Europe next year.
a) a b) an c) the d) no article needed
6. I came here by ________ car.
a) the b) a c) an d) no article needed
6. __________ doctor whose clinic is next door attends his patients twice __________ day.
a) a–a b) the–no article needed
c) a–the d) the–a
6. Jane is __________ English teacher in ____________ Art Faculty.
a) no article needed–a b) the–an
c) a–no article needed d) an-the
6. __________ Erawan Hotel is one of ___________ famous hotels in Bangkok.
a) the – the b) a – the
c) the – no article needed d) no article needed – the
6. Bangkok is _________ in Thailand.
a) a large city b) the largest city c) a largest city d) large city
6. Please write out the answer at the end of _________________.
a) first chapter b) chapter one c) chapter first d) the chapter first
![Page 63: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/63.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
5
47. __________ rich are often unhappier than the poor.
a) no article needed b) the c) Every d) a
48. ___________ honest is a good quality.
a) no article needed b) The c) An d) A
7. ____________ egg for breakfast is good for you.
a) Some b) The c) An d) A
50. I’ll meet you on _________ Phaya Thai Road.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
51. This is __________ last show.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
52. English is _________ difficult language.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
53. He is collecting money for ____________ blind.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
54. What ___________ lovely dress!
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
55. _____________ statistics is the most difficult subject for me.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
56. All right, ___________ mother, I’ll do what you say.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
57. I have ____________ friend who is ___________ interior designer.
a) a-a b) the-an c) the-the d) no article needed
58. Peter spoke to me in ____________ very friendly way.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
59. ____________ soup tastes wonderful.
a) no article needed b) The c) an d) A
![Page 64: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/64.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
6
60. Don’t talk so loud. You’ll wake___________ whole street.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
7. We get up early to catch __________ early bus.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
8. Jack is ___________ English teacher.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
8. Mary is from ___________ Union of Africa.
a) no article needed b) the c) an d) a
9. Have you finished ______________?
a) the chapter second b) chapter second c) second chapter d) the second chapter
![Page 65: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/65.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Unit 4 Adjectives (คําคุณศัพท)
Adjectives
เปนคําที่ใชขยายคํานาม เพื่อบอกรายละเอียดเกี่ยวกับนามตัวนั้น เชน a beautiful girl, a useful book
The thin man can run very quickly. (เรียงไวหนานาม)
The soup smells good. (ตามหลัง verb to be, look, feel, seem, get, taste, smell, turn, go,
appear, keep, become, sound, grow, etc. โดยทําหนาที่ขยายประธาน แตวางไวหลังกริยา)
He made his wife happy. (ตามหลังคํานามที่เปนกรรม เพื่อขยายกรรม)
I have known the manager suitable for his position. (เปน Adjective Clause ขยายนาม)
คํา Adjectives สังเกตไดจากคําลงทาย ดังตอไปนี้
0. –ABLE acceptable, admirable, lovable, reliable, washable
0. –AN African, Brazilian, Asian, Russian
0. –AL historical, continual, economical, national
0. –ED blue-eyed, long-haired, open-minded, left-handed
1. –FUL careful, beautiful, wonderful
1. –IBLE possible, visible, horrible
1. –IC historic, economic, electric
1. –ISH foolish, childish, Spanish, youngish
1. –IVE destructive, attentive, attractive
1. –LESS careless, hopeless, useless
1. –LIKE childlike, godlike, businesslike
1. –LY friendly, lively, daily, yearly
1. –OUS previous, serious, continuous
1. –Y thirsty, lucky, hungry
![Page 66: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/66.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 2
หมายเหตุ participles ซึ่งลงทายดวย ED/ING สามารถใชเปน adjective แตความหมายจะตางกัน
เชน exciting (นาตื่นเตน) excited (รูสึกตื่นเตน)
interesting (นาสนใจ) interested (รูสึกสนใจ)
boring (นาเบื่อ) bored (รูสึกเบื่อ)
ประเภทของคํา Adjective
0. Descriptive Adjective ใชบอกลักษณะ หรือคุณภาพ เพื่อใหรูวานามนั้นมีลักษณะอยางไร
good bad tall short
black white fat thin
clever foolish poor rich
brave cowardly pretty ugly
happy sorry
The rich man lives in the big house.
A clever pupil can answer the difficult problem.
The black cat caught a small bird.
0. Proper Adjective ใชบอก สัญชาติ
English American Thai Indian
German Italian Japanese Chinese
He employs a Chinese cook.
Do you learn the French literature?
The English language is used by every nation.
![Page 67: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/67.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 3
3. Quantitative Adjective ใชบอกปริมาณ ความมากนอย
much many little some
any enough half great
all whole sufficient
She did not give any money to her brother.
Take great care of your health.
He ate much rice at school yesterday.
3. Numberal Adjective ใชบอกจํานวนที่แนนอน
Cardinal Numberal Adjective: One, two, three, four, five, six, …
My hand has five fingers.
Sonya wants to buy seven pens.
She gave me two apples and three mangoes.
Ordinal Numberal Adjective: First, second, third, fourth, fifth, …
Dave is the first boy to be rewarded in this school.
I am the first son of my family.
Michael won the third prize last month and the second one last week.
Multiplicative Adjective: Double, triple, fourfold,…
Some roses are double.
![Page 68: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/68.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 4
ตําแหนงของ Adjectives มี 2 แหง คือ
1. อยูหนาคํานาม เชน
Paul is a handsome man.
He is my old friend.
There is a beautiful house over there.
She likes a well-educated man.
ขอยกเวน :- คํา adjectives บางคําจะอยูหลังคํานามเมื่อเปนสํานวน เชนa court martial, the President elect,
the Attorney General
เมื่อมีคําประเภท someone, somebody, something, somewhere, anywhere, anyone, everything,
etc.
I feel that something terrible is going to happen.
Are you going anywhere interesting?
I like to go somewhere quiet.
1. อยูหลัง verb to be หรือ verb อื่นมีลักษณะเหมือน verb to be เชน look, sound, feel, appear, turn, etc.
He is poor but I am rich.
She looks sad.
The milk turned sour.
It sounds wonderful.
I feel asleep.
![Page 69: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/69.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 5
ในกรณีที่คํานามนั้นมีคํา adjective ขยายมากกวา 1 ตัว นิยมเรียงลําดับดังนี้
(1) Quantitative Adjective some, many
(2) Demonstrative Adjective this, that
(3) Possessive Adjective my, his
อยูกอน Adjective ที่บอกตัวเลข, ลักษณะ, ขนาด, สี
Look at the third modern brick house.
I have many new black picture frames.
Exercise
A. จงเลือกคําคุณศัพทตอไปนี้เติมลงในชองวาง
sour sad blue-eyed
rich boring exciting
0. The thing that excites you is _______________.
0. The film was so ____________ that I feel asleep.
0. In hot weather the milk is likely to turn ______________.
0. He is poor but I am ____________.
0. What’s the matter with you? You look so ___________.
0. Mary’s eyes are blue. So, she is a ____________girl.
![Page 70: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/70.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 6
B. Pick out the Adjective in the following sentences.
0. The ship sustained heavy damage.
1. I have called several times.
2. Every boy goes to school.
2. Every man has his duties.
2. Say the same thing.
3. Several persons were present at the time.
3. He is a man of few words.
3. Which pen do you prefer?
3. He comes here every day.
4. He was absent last week.
4. My uncle lives in the next house.
4. Some dreams are like reality.
4. Praja won the second prize.
4. Much talk, little work.
4. I have not seen him for several days.
![Page 71: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/71.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Exercise Unit 4 Adjectives (คําคุณศัพท)
Choose the best answer.
1. Studying keeps him ____________.
a) busily b) very busily c) business d) busy
2. He is a ___________ student.
a) punish b) punishes c) punished d) punishing
3. The boy feels __________.
a) happy b) happily c) with happy d) with happily
4. Mary has extremely __________ and fine ________. She has tiny hands, but her fingers seem
long and slender.
a) blue light eyes, brown straight hair b) light blue eyes, straight brown hair
c) eyes light blue, hair straight d) blue eyes light, hair straight brown
5. Has jack had a very ____________life?
a) fortunately b) fortunate c) fortune d) fortunely
6. Does this theory seem ____________ to you?
a) clear b) clearly c) clearing d) clearness
7. The lake has a ___________ color.
a) green b) greenish c) greenery d) greeness
8. The children are making too much noise.
Please tell them not to be so ____________.
a) noiseness b) noise c) noisy d) noisily
9. Oranges are very _________.
a) juice b) juiceless c) juicier d) juicy
10. We all hope that our children will live in a ___________ world.
a) peacefully b) peaceful c) peacably d) peacefulness
![Page 72: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/72.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 2
11. He gave a ___________ smile when we passed each other.
a) friend b) friendly c) friend’s d) friendliness
12. This soup tastes __________.
a) good b) well c) goodness d) be good
13. We are going to build ____________ houses.
a) two more big b) big two more c) more two big d) big more two
14. He speaks English with ____________.
a) an accent foreign strong b) a strong foreign accent
c) a foreign accent strong d) a foreign strong accent
15. Thailand is still a ____________ country.
a) developing b) developed c) development d) developer
16. I feel so ________ to my mother.
a) closely b) close c) closer d) closed
17. The film we saw last night was very ____________.
a) exciting b) excited c) excitedly d) excitement
18. People are not usually ______________ when they have to watch a game.
a) excited b) exciting c) excitedly d) excitement
19. I am very ________ anything to do with aeroplanes.
a) interested in b) interesting in c) interested for d) interesting about
20. The man told a lot of jokes and we were all very ____________.
a) amusing to them b) amusing by them
c) amused by them d) amusingly to them
21. Mary sells ____________animals.
a) lives b) alive c) lived d) live
22. The ________sun roused the campers.
a) rise b) risen c) rose d) rising
![Page 73: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/73.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 3
23. We praise a man’s ___________action.
a) honor b) honorable c) honorably d) honorary
24. The southern part of this country has a very ____________ climate.
a) pleasant b) pleased c) pleasure d) pleasantly
25. We have a ___________ trip.
a) tired b) tirelessly c) tire d) tiring
26. Don’t disturb the children! They’re _________.
a) sleep b) sleeplessly c) sleeping d) sleepily
27. The grass was __________.
a) knee-high b) a knee-height c) high-knees d) a height-knees
28. It is __________ animal.
a) a two-legs b) a two-legged c) a two-leg d) two-legged
29. The snow is already two feet ___________.
a) high b) thick c) deep d) tall
30. This is the ___________ fashion from Europe.
a) latest b) later c) late d) last
31. She will go to Japan with her __________ mother.
a) forty-five year old b) forty-five-year-old
c) forty-five-years-old d) forty-five years old
32. Your work has been ___________ this semester.
a) excellence b) excel c) excellent d) excellently
33. He is very _____________ in politics.
a) acting b) acted c) active d) actively
34. Rats are very _________ animals.
a) destruction b) destructively c) destroy d) destructive
![Page 74: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/74.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 4
35. Do you have an ____________ vacation?
a) enjoy b) enjoyable c) enjoyably d) enjoyment
36. The food smells ___________.
a) delicious b) deliciously c) be delicious d) be deliciously
37. I always feel so ____________ to my mother.
a) closed b) close c) closely d) closer
38. You won’t get A unless you work ____________.
a) hardly b) hardy c) hard d) harden
39. Why does Jack do so many ____________ things?
a) foolish b) fool c) foolishly d) foolishness
40. This salad tastes very ____________.
a) salt b) saltiness c) saltern d) salty
41. The new teachers seem ____________.
a) friend b) friendliness c) friendly d) friendship
42. I hope we will get somebody lively and ___________.
a) energetic b) energetically c) energize d) energy
43. The latest methods of language teaching are very _____________.
a) effectively b) effective c) efficient d) efficiently
44. That book is somewhat ___________.
a) confusing b) confused c) confusion d) confuse
![Page 75: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/75.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Exercise Unit 5 Adverb (คํากริยาวิเศษณ)
Choose the best answer.
1. The sun burnt the grass ___________.
a) quick b) quickly c) quicken d) quickness
2. He worked so _________ that he fell ill.
a) hardly b) hardiness c) hard d) harden
3. I have read this novel ___________.
a) recently b) recent c) two years ago d) now
4. I can paint this wall ______________.
a) fastly b) fasten c) fastness d) fast
5. Bob speaks English ___________.
a) clearly b) clear c) clearness d) clearance
6. John drives very _____________.
a) careful b) carefully c) careless d) carefulness
7. Sunan pronounces English vowels ______________.
a) bad b) good c) well d) goodness
8. Prices have gone up very _____________.
a) rapidity b) rapidness c) rapid d) rapidly
9. You are ___________ right.
a) near b) quite c) quitely d) total
10. ___________ anyone came.
a) Hardly b) Hard c) Almost d) Rather
11. She is ___________ fat.
a) quitely b) near c) exact d) rather
12. Answer me ___________.
a) honest b) honestly c) frank d) honesty
![Page 76: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/76.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 2
13. I hope to meet her ___________.
a) soon b) yesterday c) recently d) yet
14. He is _____________ very kind.
a) real b) reality c) really d) realize
1. That cost _________ twenty baht.
a) quite b) near c) rather d) almost
16. He spoke __________ of his children.
a) boastfully b) boastful c) boasting d) boastfulness
17. He killed a cat ___________ yesterday.
a) accidental b) accidentally c) accident d) cruel
18. They were _____________ treated.
a) kind b) cruelty c) cruel d) cruelly
19. My grandfather died _____________.
a) happily b) happy c) happiness d) in happy
20. The two boys said ___________ the same thing.
a) exact b) exactness c) exactly d) never
21. He did this project ___________.
a) difficult b) in difficult c) difficulty d) with difficulty
22. He ___________ his meal.
a) had finished almost b) almost had finished
c) had almost finished d) had been almost finished
23. The accident happened ___________.
a) fast unbelievably b) fast unbelievable c) unbelievable fast d) unbelievably fast
24. The postman came ___________.
a) here last month every day b) last month here every day
c) here every day last month d) every day here last month
![Page 77: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/77.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 3
1. She walked ___________.
a) in carefully b) with care c) in care d) with carefully
24. She always does her job neatly, ___________.
a) perfectly and fast b) perfectly and fastly
c) perfect and fastly d) perfect and fast
25. Most students do their homework _____________.
a) with hurry b) hurrying c) hurryingly d) hurriedly
25. The girl yawned and rubbed her eyes ___________.
a) bright b) sleepily c) sleepy d) brightly
25. The teacher says Mary will pass the course on condition that she studies____________.
a) hardly b) heavily c) hard d) heavy
25. She ___________ the bus.
a) nearly missed b) missed nearly c) only missed d) missed only
![Page 78: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/78.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Unit 5 Adverbs (คํากริยาวิเศษณ)
Adverbs
ทําหนาที่ขยายคํากริยา (verbs) คําคุณศัพท (adjectives) และ คํากริยาวิเศษณ (Adverb) ดวยกัน
ขยายกริยา
เชน He works hard every day.
ขยายคุณศัพท
เชน These students are very intelligent.
He is stupid enough to do that.
ขยายกริยาวิเศษณ
เชน She drives very carefully.
You speak so well.
It rained rather heavily yesterday.
หนาที่ของ Adverbs
1. ขยายคํากริยา
He walks quickly.
She speaks English fluently.
They always get up early.
2. ขยายคําคุณศัพท
He is very good.
It is too hot to touch.
It is cold enough to drink.
![Page 79: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/79.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 2
3. ขยายคํากริยาวิเศษณดวยกัน
He walks very quickly.
She speaks too fast.
The machine works quite well.
Exercise
Pick out Adverb in the following sentences.
0. Try again.
0. He is too shy.
0. She speaks English clearly.
0. I am so glad to hear it.
0. Are you quite sure?
0. I have heard this before.
1. Please walk slowly.
1. She speaks loudly.
1. He arrived here safely.
1. I live happily in this town.
1. The sun shines brightly.
1. The moon rose early.
1. She writes a letter neatly.
1. Please do not walk fast.
1. I slept well last night.
![Page 80: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/80.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 3
รูปของคํากริยาวิเศษณ
1. เติม –ly ขางทาย adjectives
slowly
quickly
carefully
beautifully
suddenly
surely
certainly
quietly
loudly
rudely
politely
badly
2. ถา adjectives ลงทายดวย –y ใหเปลี่ยน y เปน “i” กอนเติม –ly
easy เปน easily
angry เปน angrily
greedy เปน greedily
happy เปน happily
hungry เปน hungrily
noisy เปน noisily
3. Adverb ของ good คือ well
He works well.
4. คําบางคําทําหนาที่เปนทั้ง adjective และ adverb โดยไมเปลี่ยนรูป เชน early, late, fast, hard, straight
Adjectives
It’s still early.
It’s late now.
It’s a fast horse.
This is a hard problem.
Draw a straight line.
Adverbs
He gets up early.
He got up late yesterday.
It runs fast.
He works hard.
Go straight along the road.
![Page 81: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/81.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 4
หมายเหตุ adjectives ตอไปนี้ไมมีรูป adverbs และไมใชเปน adverbs
He is friendly. They are lonely.
Suda is lovely. It is likely to rain.
จะเห็นวาคําขางบนนี้มี –ly สะกด แตเปน adjective ไมใช adverb
Exercise
A. จงเขียนคํา Adjective (Adj) และ Adverb(Adv) ขางใตคําที่ขีดเสนใต
1. Careful students write their exercises carefully.
2. Suda sings beautiful songs. Suda sings songs beautifully.
3. She speaks fast. I don’t understand her fast speech.
4. Tom is usually correct. He usually writes correctly.
5. Bob told good stories. Bob told the stories well.
6. That work was hard for those men. They worked hard.
7. They are happy children. They are playing happily.
1. He is a bad boy. He behaves badly.
9. She is greedy. She eats greedily.
10. Dan is a fast runner. He runs very fast.
B. จงเขียนรูป Adverb ของคําในวงเล็บตอไปนี้ในชองวางที่กําหนดให
1. My friend plays the piano (beautiful) ____________.
2. Ann (usual) ____________ speaks English very (good) ____________.
3. Danial closed the door (quiet) ____________.
4. Our team played football (bad) ____________ yesterday.
5. Sandy studies (hard) ____________and learns everything (good) ____________.
6. Mr. Johnson (usual) ____________arrives at his office (early) ____________.
7. Nina shouted at the boys (angry) ____________.
![Page 82: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/82.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 5
8. They got the money (easy) ____________.
0. I tasted the medicine (careful) ____________.
0. He looked at me (sad) ____________.
0. Nida learned French (quick) ____________ and (easy) ____________.
0. The workers got tired from working so (hard) ____________.
1. Go (straight) ____________along this street.
2. She cleans the room (regular) ____________.
3. (Sudden) ____________, we heard a loud noise in the kitchen.
4. These two questions are (unusual) ____________difficult.
4. He smiled at us (sleepy) ____________.
4. They ate the cakes (greedy) ____________.
4. I was angry because she spoke to me (rude) ____________.
4. We can’t keep up with Winai because he runs very (fast) ____________.
ชนิดของคํากริยาวิเศษณ
1. Adverbs of Manner quickly, happily, fast, well
2. Adverbs of Place here, there, at school, at home, outside
3. Adverbs of Time now, soon, today, tomorrow, then, already, yesterday
4. Adverbs of Frequency once, twice, often, sometimes, never, hardly, seldom
5. Adverbs of Degree very, rather, quite, too, extremely
Adverbs of Manner
หมายถึง คําที่ไปทําหนาที่ขยายกริยาเพื่อตอบคําถามวา How (อยางไร) การกระทําหรือเหตุการณนั้น
A: How does he work?
B: He works well.
![Page 83: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/83.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 6
Adverb of Manner สวนมากจะมีรูปมาจาก Adjective โดยการเติม –ly ลงขางหลัง Adjective เชน
slow เปน slowly bad เปน badly quick เปน quickly careful เปน carefully happy เปน happily
อยางไรก็ดี Adverb of Manner บางคําเปนคําเดียวกับที่ใชเปน Adjective โดยไมเติม ly ขางหลังก็มี
เชน hard, fast แตทั้งนี้จะรูไดวาเปน Adjective หรือ Adverb นั้น ตองดูที่ตําแหนงวาง นั่นคือ ถาอยูหนานาม
เปนคุณศัพท แตถาอยูหลังกริยา ก็เปน คําวิเศษณ (adverb) เชน
He is a hard worker. (Adjective)
Somsak works hard. (Adverb)
Micheal is a fast runner. (Adjective)
Peter runs fast. (Adverb)
ตําแหนงของ adverbs of manner
. วางไวหลังกริยา เชน
He walks slowly.
They smiled happily.
We run quickly.
. วางไวหลังกรรมตรง เชน
He ate the food greedily.
Dara came home early.
They finished the work quickly.
She looked at me happily.
![Page 84: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/84.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 7
Adverbs of Place
หมายถึง คํากริยาวิเศษณที่บอกสถานที่ที่เหตุการณนั้น ๆ เกิดขึ้น adverbs เหลานี้ ตอบคําถาม Where?
A: Where do you live?
B: I live in Bangkapi.
ตําแหนงของ adverbs of Place
A. วางไวหลังกริยา เชน
Don came here yesterday.
They ran to school.
I will work at home.
A. วางไวหลังกรรมตรง เชน
I put the book on the desk.
She keeps her clothes in the cupboard.
He bought this shirt at that department store.
ตําแหนงการวาง Adverb of Place มีหลักเกณฑดังตอไปน้ี
ใหวางหรือเรียงขยายกริยาจากสถานที่เล็ก ๆ ไมใหญโตไปหาสถานที่ที่ใหญโตกวางขวาง เชน
I was born in a small village in Petchabun.
Mary lives in a small village in California.
At a small university in London, there are many students paying attention to studying the
history of Far East Asia.
![Page 85: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/85.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 8
Adverb of Time
หมายถึง กริยาวิเศษณที่ใชขยายกริยาเพื่อ แสดงเวลา ใชตอบคําถาม When แบงออกเปน 3 ประเภท คือ
1. ประเภทที่เปนคําเดียว ไมมีคําอื่นมารวมดวย ไดแก
today yesterday tomorrow late
lately recently early before
tonight now then soon
still yet already just
afterwards
2. ประเภทที่มีคําอื่นมาประกอบดวย ไดแก
this morning in the afternoon last week
last month next year on Sunday
next Monday before three o’clock two weeks ago
the day after tomorrow during summer in B.E. 2520
in January on 5th February, etc.
3. ประเภทที่เปนประโยคเพื่อมาขยายกริยาแสดงเวลา ซึ่งจะขึ้นตนประโยคของมันเองดวยคําเหลานี้ when, since, until,
after, before, as soon as, etc. สวนตําแหนงการวางนั้น จะอยูสวนใดของประโยคหลักไดทั้งนั้น เชน
When you have time, come and see me, please.
He ran away as soon as he had seen a tiger.
ตําแหนงการวาง Adverb of Time มีหลักเกณฑดังตอไปน้ี
1. โดยปกติท่ัวไปจะวางไวสุดประโยคเสมอ โดยเฉพาะเมื่อขอความนั้นเปนประโยคสั้น ๆ เชน
Mr. Smith will leave for London tomorrow.
Chaiya used to live in Bangkok two years ago.
![Page 86: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/86.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 9
2. ถาตองการจะเนนเวลาใหเปนกรณีพิเศษ ก็ใหวางไวตนประโยค เชน
Last week we went to San Francisco by plane.
Yesterday he stayed in Singapore; today he’s staying in India.
1. ถาม ี Adverbs of Time หลายคํา หรือหลายประเภทมาอยูในประโยคเดียวกัน ใหวางจากหนวยเล็กไปหาหนวยใหญ
เสมอ เชน
Linda’s family is going to visit me at five o’clock in the afternoon on the first of May, 1984.
I go to bed at seven o’clock in the evening on Sunday.
At three o’clock tomorrow, I will meet you in front of the Intra Theatre.
หมายเหตุ
ถาผูพูดตองการจะเนนเวลาที่เปนหนวยใหญ มากกวาเวลาที่เปนหนวยยอยก็สามารถที่จะวางเวลาที่เปนหนวย ใหญ
นั้นไวหนาเวลาที่เปนหนวยยอยได แตหลังเวลาที่เปนหนวยใหญนั้นตองใส Comma (,) เสมอ เชน
The plane arrived yesterday, about four o’clock.
Today, at twelve o’clock the teachers will have meeting.
Adverbs of Frequency
หมายถึง คําวิเศษณที่บอกความถี่ของการกระทําและตอบคําถาม How often?
A: How often do you go to the cinema?
B: I go to the cinema twice a month.
Adverbs of frequency ไดแก always, often, ever, sometimes, occasionally, never, recently,
already, generally, usually, hardly, seldom, rarely, twice
![Page 87: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/87.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 10
ตําแหนงของ adverbs of frequency
. วางไวหนากริยา เชน
He sometimes goes to the cinema.
They often go sailing.
I hardly see him.
We usually have dinner at six o’clock.
. adverbs ท่ีเปนกลุมคํา วางไวทายประโยค เชน
Winai goes to Chiengmai twice a month.
Mr. And Mrs. Ross go to church on Sundays.
I go to work every day.
. วางไวหลัง verb to be
Kanya is always at home on Saturdays.
Wipa is seldom absent from school.
. วางไวระหวางกริยาชวยและกริยาแท หรือหลังกริยาชวย + ประธานในประโยคคําถาม
Have you ever seen a rocket?
I have recently sold my car.
Chitra has never eaten eels.
![Page 88: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/88.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 11
Adverbs of Degree
หมายถึง คํากริยาวิเศษณที่บอกปริมาณ adverbs เหลานี้ ไดแก very (มาก), quite (ทีเดียว), too (มากไป), rather
(คอนขาง, ออกจะ) , almost (เกือบจะ), extremely (อยางยิ่ง), nearly (เกือบจะ), enough (พอ)
ตําแหนงของ Adverbs of Degree
A. วางไวหนา Adjective และ อยูหลัง Verb to be
He is rather impolite.
It’s very loud.
It’s too hot to work.
They are quite good.
Dinner is almost ready.
B. วางไวหนา Adverb ท่ีตองการขยาย
He played extremely badly.
I slept very well.
We know him quite well.
B. วางไวหลังคําที่ขยาย
This box is not big enough.
He did not work hard enough.
You are not tall enough.
![Page 89: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/89.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 12
Exercise
A. Complete each sentence with one of the following words.
quickly fluently suddenly carefully
violently brightly slowly elegantly
quietly continuously well repeatedly
1. He called ____________but nobody answered inside.
2. David drives ____________but a lot of accidents happen.
3. She walked in ____________so nobody heard her.
4. If he speaks ____________I can follow him.
5. Sunny didn’t study ____________and failed in the examination.
6. She speaks Chinese ____________because she is a Chinese.
7. It happened ____________and I have no time to think.
2. The sun is shining ____________in summer.
9. Yesterday it rained ____________.
10. The bride dresses very ____________.
B. Choose the correct word in parentheses.
1. Have you ever seen him (late, lately)? No, but I’ll see him (short, shortly).
2. He (most, mostly) comes (first, firstly) in English.
3. I had (clean, cleanly) forgotten that I had promised to pick John up.
4. When I remembered, I (quick, quickly) turned round.
5. I (hard, hardly) drive (quick, quickly).
6. We were (close, closely) followed by a police car when we were on the high way.
7. You went (wrong, wrongly) once, when you turned (right, rightly) in front of the post-office.
![Page 90: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/90.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 13
Order of Adverbs (ลําดับของ Adverbs)
A. เม่ือมีคํา Adverb หลายคําในประโยคเดียวกัน จะเรียงตามลําดับดังนี้
0. Adverb of Manner
1. Adverb of Place
1. Adverb of Time
She put the glasses carefully on the table yesterday.
Linda slept soundly in the bedroom for three hours.
They played football happily in the field yesterday.
. เม่ือใชกับกริยาที่แสดงการเคลื่อนไหว เชน go, come, walk, run ลําดับของ adverbs จะเปนดังนี้
1. Adverb of Place
1. Adverb of Manner
1. Adverb of Time
He goes to school by bus in the morning.
Richard went to the cinema with his friends last night.
Susan will go to Chicago by plane next month.
![Page 91: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/91.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 14
Exercise
จงเรียงคํา Adverbs ท่ีอยูในวงเล็บใหถูกตองตามคําสั่ง
ตัวอยาง Adv. Of Place + Adv. Of Time
They are studying their lessons (now – at the library).
They are studying their lessons at the library now.
(0) Adverb of Place + Adverb of time
0. We met Tom (on Sunday – at Nakon’s house).
____________________________________________________.
0. The girls went (to school – a few minutes ago).
____________________________________________________.
0. They studied the lesson (yesterday – on page 56).
____________________________________________________.
0. My parents went (to Singapore – last summer).
____________________________________________________.
0. Linda and Susan went (on Wednesday night – to a concert).
____________________________________________________.
0. Jira studies with me (every afternoon – at the library).
____________________________________________________.
![Page 92: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/92.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 15
(2) Adverb of Place + Adverb of Manner
1. Anon always comes (on time – to this class).
____________________________________________________.
2. I wrote a few sentences (on the paper – quickly).
____________________________________________________.
3. They are going to work (at the library – for two hours).
____________________________________________________.
4. He goes (to work – by bus).
____________________________________________________.
5. Did Suwan go (with his friends – to the cinema)?
____________________________________________________?
6. Apichat always walks (with his brother – to school).
____________________________________________________.
7. Tom and I ran (to the train – with our suitcase).
____________________________________________________.
(3) Adverb of Manner + Adverb of Time
1. The students speak English (now – well).
____________________________________________________.
2. Aranya studies her lessons (with Wipa – every night).
____________________________________________________.
3. Wichai did all of the work (by himself – last Friday).
____________________________________________________.
4. Chinda and I watched television (last Sunday night – with Suda).
____________________________________________________.
5. The students are pronouncing the words (now – carefully).
____________________________________________________.
![Page 93: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/93.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 16
6. Mike will go to Chiengmai (tomorrow – by train).
____________________________________________________.
7. The teacher explained the lesson (this morning – clearly).
____________________________________________________.
(4) Place the words in parentheses in regular positions.
1. I spoke to her (after supper, sweetly, in the hotel)
____________________________________________________.
2. He left (early, the office, this morning).
____________________________________________________.
3. We must finish our work (tomorrow, before midday).
____________________________________________________.
4. Mary has been (today, here, many times).
____________________________________________________.
2. Mr. Thomson sits on the lawn (often, in the evening).
____________________________________________________.
6. Smith doesn’t travel (to every country, always, by plane).
____________________________________________________.
7. Prani will return the book (next week, to the library).
____________________________________________________.
8. Come (today, here, immediately).
____________________________________________________.
9. Jimmy went (every Sunday, to Bangsaen, by car, last month).
____________________________________________________.
10. They arrive (never, at the meeting, on time).
____________________________________________________.
![Page 94: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/94.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 17
11. I have been studying (hard, all day, at home).
____________________________________________________.
2. My family flew (by American Airline, twice, to London, last year).
____________________________________________________.
3. I said goodbye to her (yesterday, at Don Muang Airport, regretfully).
____________________________________________________.
4. These boys walked (in a hurry, last night, to the theatre).
____________________________________________________.
4. We played football (in the rain, enthusiastically, yesterday).
____________________________________________________.
![Page 95: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/95.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 92
Unit 6 Comparison
6.1 Comparison of Adjective
การเปรียบเทียบ แบงออกไดเปน 3 ขั้น คือ
1. การเปรียบเทียบขั้นธรรมดา
as + adj. + as
Pom is as big as Tum.
Pam is as beautiful as Ann.
ตัวอยางขางบนเปนการเปรียบเทียบ 2 สิ่งที่เทากัน แตถาเปรียบเทียบความไมเทากันใช
not + as/ so + adj. + as
Pom is not as big as Tum.
Pluto is not so distant as Mars.
2. การเปรียบเทียบขั้นกวา
เปนการเปรียบเทียบ 2 สิ่ง วาสิ่งหนึ่งมากกวาอีกสิ่งหนึ่ง มีรูปแบบที่ใชได 2 อยาง คือ
a. more + adj. + than
b. adj. + er + than
This book is more interesting than that one.
Jack is more handsome than Bob.
She is more diligent than Suda.
Bill is taller than Tom.
Weena is prettier than Pimala.
![Page 96: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/96.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 93
หมายเหตุ:-
(1) มักใช more กับ Adj ที่ประกอบดวยพยางคต้ังแต 2 ขึ้นไป
more selfish
more intelligent
more useful
more interesting
แตถา adj นั้นลงทายดวย y หรือ ow ก็อาจเติม er + than
happy เปน happier
lovely เปน lovelier
clever เปน cleverer
narrow เปน narrower
(2) Adj ที่เปนคําพยางคเดียวมักเติม er (+ than) เมื่อเปนขั้นกวา
tall เปน taller
large เปน larger
big เปน bigger
แตถา Adj นั้น มีรูปเหมือนกับ past/present participle ก็จะใช more + adj + than
hurt เปน more hurt
bored เปน more bored
interesting เปน more interesting
![Page 97: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/97.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 94
(3) Adj บางคํา มีรูปขั้นกวาและขั้นสูงสุดตางออกไปจากกฎเกณฑ คือ ไมเติม -er หรือ -est ไดแก
good เปน better เปน best
Bad เปน worse เปน worst
Far เปน farther/ further เปน farthest/ furthest
Much เปน more เปน most
Little เปน less เปน least
(4) ในการเปรียบเทียบขั้นกวาโดยสิ่งหนึ่งนอยกวาอีกสิ่งหนึ่ง
less + adj + than
He is less sincere than you are.
This shop is less crowded than that one.
3. การเปรียบเทียบขั้นสูงสุด (เปรียบเทียบมากกวา 2 สิ่ง)
The + most/ least + Adj
The + adj + est
This shirt is the least expensive in the shop.
Pam is the most beautiful girl in my class.
That boy is the tallest of all.
I am the happiest girl in town.
![Page 98: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/98.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 95
หมายเหตุ:-
(1) ในการเปรียบเทียบขั้นสูงสุด อาจใช
{more + adj หรือ adj + er } + than + any other …
ซึ่งมีความหมายวา มากกวาสิ่งใด
Tum is taller than any other boy in my class.
Bangkok is bigger than any other city in Thailand.
Pam is more beautiful than any other girl in the family.
(2) มักใช The most กับ Adj ต้ังแต 2 พยางคขึ้นไป สวน The Adj + est จะใชกับ Adj พยางคเดียวเปนสวนใหญ
the most selfish
the most intelligent
the most difficult
hard เปน hardest
slow เปน slowest
late เปน latest
ยกเวน เมื่อ adj พยางคเดียวมีรูปแบบเดียวกับ past/ present participle จึงใช the most + adj
hurt เปน most hurt
frightened เปน most frightened
interesting เปน most interesting
เมื่อ adj ต้ังแต 2 พยางคขึ้นไปลงทายดวย er/ ow/ y นิยมเติม est เมื่อเปนขั้นสูงสุด
clever เปน cleverest
![Page 99: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/99.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 96
happy เปน happiest
yellow เปน yellowest
Exercise
A. จงใชคําคุณศัพทในวงเล็บตามดวยตัวอยางขางลางนี้
Example This girl is (beautiful) that one.
(1) This girl is as beautiful as that one.
(2) This girl is more beautiful than that one.
1. Ann is (clever) Jane.
(1) ____________________________________________________.
(2) ____________________________________________________.
2. Bob is (small) Mike.
(1) ____________________________________________________.
(2) ____________________________________________________.
3. Kyoto is (interesting) Tokyo.
(1)____________________________________________________.
(2)____________________________________________________.
4. This restaurant is (crowded) that one.
(1)____________________________________________________.
(2)____________________________________________________.
5. This hall is (narrow) that one.
(1)____________________________________________________.
(2)____________________________________________________.
![Page 100: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/100.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 97
B. Supply appropriate comparative or Superlative to each of the following.
1. Prevention is (good)_____________ than cure.
2. London is the (big)_____________ city in the world.
3. The pen is (sharp)_____________ than sword.
4. This pen is (good) _____________ than the other.
5. Who is the (tall) _____________ in the class?
6. My uncle is (old) _____________ than my father.
7. He is one of the (good) _____________ speaker in Thailand.
8. Shakespear is (well-known) _____________ than other English poets.
9. Malee is the (beautiful) _____________ girl in the village.
6.2 Comparison of Adverbs
แบงเปน 3 ขั้น คือ
1. การเปรียบเทียบขั้นธรรมดา
as + Adv. + as
I type as fast as you (do).
He speaks as clearly as I (do).
ตัวอยางขางตนเปนการเปรียบเทียบ 2 สิ่งที่เทากัน แตถาเปรียบเทียบความไมเทากันใช
not + {as/ so} + adv. + as
Tom doesn’t work as hard as Mary.
He doesn’t speak so clearly as I (do).
![Page 101: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/101.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 98
2. การเปรียบเทียบขั้นกวา
เปนการเปรียบเทียบ 2 สิ่ง วาสิ่งหนึ่งมากกวาหรือนอยกวาอีกสิ่งหนึ่ง
(มากกวา) more + adv. + than
หรือ
adv + er + than
(นอยกวา) less + adv. + than
He works more slowly than I do.
I speak louder than/ more loudly than you do.
He works less efficiently than Tom.
หมายเหตุ:-
(1) มักใช more หรือ less กับ adv. ที่ลงทายดวย -ly
slowly เปน more/less slowly
quickly เปน more/less quickly
loudly เปน more/less loudly
(2) Adv. ที่มีรูปเดียวกับ Adj. มักเติม -er (+ than) เมื่อเปนขั้นกวา
hard เปน harder
fast เปน faster
late เปน later
early เปน earlier
slow เปน slower
![Page 102: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/102.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 99
(3) Adv. บางคํามีรูปขั้นกวาและขั้นสูงสุดตางออกไปจากกฎเกณฑ คือ ไมเติม -er หรือ -est เชน
well better best
badly worse worst
much more most
little less least
far farther/ further farthest/ furthest
3. การเปรียบเทียบขั้นสูงสุด
เปนการเปรียบเทียบคนหรือสิ่งของที่มีจํานวนตั้งแตสามขึ้นไป
most + adv.
หรือ
Adv. + est
I played worst of all.
She sings best in the group.
He speaks most clearly of all.
หมายเหตุ:- จะเห็นวาในการเปรียบเทียบขั้นสูงสุดไมจําเปนตองใช The นําหนา Adv. และ Adv. ที่มีรูปเดียวกับ Adj.
จะใช Adj. + est ในการเปรียบเทียบขั้นสูงสุด
![Page 103: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/103.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 100
Exercise
A. จงใชคํากริยาวิเศษณในวงเล็บตามตัวอยางขางลาง
Example Tom can run (fast) Mary.
(1) Tom can run as fast as Mary.
(2) Tom can run faster than Mary.
(3) Tom can’t run as fast as Mary.
1. I speak (slowly) Betty.
(1) _______________________________________________________.
(2) _______________________________________________________.
(3) _______________________________________________________.
2. She arrived (late) you did.
(1)_______________________________________________________.
(2)_______________________________________________________.
(3)_______________________________________________________.
3. Mary sings (well) I do.
(1) _______________________________________________________.
(2) _______________________________________________________.
(3) _______________________________________________________.
4. Jane works (efficiently) Jim.
(1) _______________________________________________________.
(2) _______________________________________________________.
(3) _______________________________________________________.
![Page 104: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/104.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 101
5. I type (badly) Tom.
(1) _______________________________________________________.
(2) _______________________________________________________.
(3) _______________________________________________________.
6.3 Comparison and Contrast
หมายถึง การเปรียบเทียบความเหมือนและความแตกตาง
1. การเปรียบเทียบความเหมือนกันหรือความคลายคลึงกัน จะใชสํานวนตอไปนี้
to be the same as
to be similar to
to be like
to look like
Winai’s job is the same as Niwat’s. They are both engineers.
Nipa’s bag is like Busba’s. Both bags are brown and have a lock.
Chintana looks like her mother.
นอกจากนี้ยังสามารถเติมคํานามระหวาง the same as และ as ได สวนใหญใชในการเปรียบเทียบเรื่อง อายุ สวนสูง
น้ําหนัก สี และรูปราง เปนตน
Linda is the same age as Richard.
Both of them are 15 years old.
Micheal is the same height as Vichit.
They are both 5 feet tall.
Jack is the same weight as Luzy.
Both of them weigh 50 kilos.
![Page 105: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/105.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 102
คําวา the same ยังสามารถตามดวยคํานามโดยไมตองมีคําวา as ประกอบก็ได เชน
Susan and Jane come from the same country.
Aree and Aranya are reading the same book.
สวนคําวา like ยังใชในสํานวนการเปรียบเทียบตาง ๆ เชน
Tom drinks like a fish.
Nina works like a horse.
2. การเปรียบเทียบความแตกตางกัน จะใชสํานวนตอไปนี้
to be different from
to differ from
Albert’s job is different from Roby’s.
Albert is a dentist. Roby is an engineer.
Jane’s dress differs from Betty’s dress.
Jane’s dress is red, but Betty’s dress is yellow.
![Page 106: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/106.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 103
Exercise
A. จงใชวลีท่ีเก่ียวกับการเปรียบเทียบความเหมือนมาเชื่อมประโยคตอไปนี้
Example
Betty comes from England. Mary comes from England.
Betty and Mary come from the same country.
Henry’s nationality is American. John is American, too.
Henry’s nationality is the same as John’s.
Nida has brown eyes and black hair. Her mother has, too.
Nida’s eyes and hair are the same color as her mother’s.
1. My shirt is blue. Susan’s is blue, too.
_____________________________________________________.
2. Suchai runs fast. The wind is fast.
_____________________________________________________.
3. My newspaper is “The Bangkok Post”. Yours is “The Bangkok Post”, too.
_____________________________________________________.
4. Jilly’s room is small. My room is small, too.
_____________________________________________________.
5. Billy is 14 years old. Rick is 14 years old.
_____________________________________________________.
6. My car is old. Yours is old, too.
_____________________________________________________.
![Page 107: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/107.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 104
7. Barbara’s doctor is Dr. Kevin. Billy’s doctor is Dr. Kevin, too.
_____________________________________________________.
8. The play that Billy watched was “Macbeth”. Nan also watched it.
_____________________________________________________.
9. My house is green. Yours is green, too.
_____________________________________________________.
10. Arther will go to Japan. Paul will also go to Japan.
_____________________________________________________.
B. จงใชวลีท่ีเก่ียวกับการเปรียบเทียบความแตกตางกันมาเชื่อมประโยคตอไปน้ี
Example
This bag is black. That one is brown.
This bag is different from that one. or This bag differs from that one.
1. My dress is yellow. Hers is white.
____________________________________________________.
____________________________________________________.
2. These flowers are natural. Those flowers are artificial.
____________________________________________________.
____________________________________________________.
3. Bill’s friends are poor. Henry’s friends are rich.
____________________________________________________.
____________________________________________________.
![Page 108: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/108.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 105
4. Sunee’s room is small. Suchai’s room is big.
____________________________________________________.
____________________________________________________.
5. Srima’s hair is black. Nan’s hair is brown.
____________________________________________________.
____________________________________________________.
6. My house is white. His house is green.
____________________________________________________.
____________________________________________________.
7. This computer is a model 444. That one is a 355.
____________________________________________________.
____________________________________________________.
8. My car is a Toyota. Yours is Mercedes.
____________________________________________________.
____________________________________________________.
![Page 109: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/109.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 106
Exercise Unit 6 Comparison
Choose the best answer.
1. Jack learned ___________ than I.
a) more quickly b) more quicker c) most quicker d) more quick
2. Which one works _________ of all?
a) most hard b) the hardest c) the most hardly d) harder
3. Mary really doesn’t do her job __________ Jane.
a) as good as b) as good than c) as well as d) as well than
4. It rains less ____________ in May _________ in August.
a) heavily… than b) heavy…than c) heavily… as d) heavier…than
5. Please try _____________!
a) little hardly b) a little hard c) little harder d) a little harder
6. Mary doesn’t work quite ___________ Jill.
a) more hard as b) as harder as c) as hard as d) so hardly as
7. When you feel happy, time passes __________ faster.
a) more b) much c) too d) enough
8. She types __________ than I do.
a) much slowly b) as slowly c) more slowly d) most slowly
9. Jack works ____________ of all.
a) less clearly b) least clearly c) as clearly d) little clearly
10. This knife does not cut as ___________ as that one.
a) best b) good c) better d) well
11. Do it as ____________ as you can.
a) best b) good c) better d) well
![Page 110: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/110.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 107
12. He arrived ____________ than she did.
a) late b) less c) later d) latter
13. Jane drives __________ than Jill.
a) most carefully b) more carefully c) most careful d) more careful
14. I have a good friend. She is a girl _____________.
a) of the same age as me b) of my same age
c) of the same aged me d) age the same like me
15. This job is so much _____________ than my last one.
a) hard b) harder c) hardly d) more hard
16. Storms at sea are the _____________ of all for fishermen.
a) more dangerous b) more danger c) most danger d) most dangerous
17. Travel by car is _____________ travel by bus.
a) expensive b) more expensive than
c) expensive than d) the most expensive
18. My daughter is the ___________ girl in class.
a) smallest b) smaller c) small d) most smallest
19. I think the weather in Bangkok is not ___________.
a) as cold as was last year b) so cold as it was last year
c) so cold as last year was d) as like last year was
20. Tom is _____________ in his group.
a) more handsome than any boy b) more handsome than any other boy
c) so handsome as other boy d) handsome more than other boy
21. I have never seen ____________lake.
a) more beauty b) a more beauty c) more beautiful d) a more beautiful
22. Who is ___________ man in your country?
a) more famous b) the more famous c) the most famous d) most famous
![Page 111: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/111.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 108
23. The new bridge will be ____________ and the most expensive one.
a) longer b) the longest c) longer than d) longest
24. Each of them is very talented, but only the ___________ one will win the prize.
a) good b) better c) much better d) best
25. Of all the boys, Jack works ____________.
a) the better b) the best c) better d) best
26. There is one thing ______________ that I want to stay.
a) farthest b) farther c) furthest d) further
27. This year the weather is not _____________.
a) so cold as last year was b) as cold as was last year
c) so cold as it was last year d) as like last year was
28. Jane is ___________ white _________ snow.
a) as… as b) same… as c) so… as d) similar…to
29. Linen is ____________ than silk.
a) as durable b) so durable c) more durable d) most durable
30. Honey is just about __________ sweet ___________ sugar.
a) as…as b) so…as c) more…than d) most…as
31. Doesn’t Tom look a little bit ____________ than he did last week?
a) unhappier b) unhappy c) unhappily d) more unhappy
32. We met three girls yesterday; Mary was ___________ one.
a) prettier b) the prettier c) prettiest d) the prettiest
33. Jack is _____________ satisfied with his job. He’ll start looking for another one soon.
a) more b) less c) most d) as
34. Mr. Smith looks _____________ than his two brothers.
a) as old b) so older c) more old d) a lot older
![Page 112: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/112.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 109
35. It is usually _____________ here in May than in August.
a) hot b) very hot c) hotter d) more hot
36. This is the ___________street in town.
a) widest b) wider c) most widely d) wide
37. Whose job is ___________ dangerous, a policeman’s or a fireman’s?
a) as b) so c) more d) most
38. Mary is __________ in her group.
a) more beautiful than any girl b) more beautiful than any other girl
c) most beautiful than any other girl d) so beautiful as other girl
39. My watch is very accurate, but yours is ___________ accurate than mine.
a) much more b) much less c) very more d) somewhat less
40. She doesn’t type __________ fast ___________ Jack does.
a) so…as b) as…as c) same…as d) similar… to
41. Mary works ___________ of anyone in the class.
a) much harder b) harder c) hardest d) most hard
42. She feels ____________ of herself now.
a) far more certain b) more certain than c) far certainly d) very certainly
43. She is ____________ taller than her mother.
a) very b) more c) enough d) much
44. This exercise is ___________ than the preceding one.
a) more easier b) much easier c) much easy d) easy enough
45. He is ___________ stronger than I am.
a) very much b) too much c) much more d) very more
![Page 113: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/113.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Unit 7 Preposition
เปนคําที่แสดงความสัมพันธระหวางกรรมและคําอื่น ๆ ในประโยค แบงออกเปนประเภทตาง ๆ ได 4 ประเภท คือ
0. Prepositions of Manner
แสดงความสัมพันธทางดานวิธีและอาการตาง ๆ เชน by, on, in
by I go to school by bus. (or by car, by train, by bicycle)
Malee went to England by plane. (or by sea, by air)
on I like to travel on foot. (or on horseback, on a boat)
in Please write in ink.
Get in my car.
When will he arrive in New York City?
He usually speaks in a high voice.
0. Preposition of Direction
แสดงความสัมพันธทางดานทิศทาง เชน into, out of, toward, up, down, away from
He ran into (out of, toward) the room.
Don’t run away from me!
He climbed up (down) the tree.
0. Preposition of Time
แสดงความสัมพันธเกี่ยวกับเวลา เชน at, on, by, in, for, during, before, until
at The game will start at 1.30 p.m.
This shop closes at midnight.
Let’s have a big party at Christmas.
Don’t go out alone at night.
![Page 114: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/114.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 2
on (ใชกับวัน หรือ เดือนซึ่งตามดวยวันที่)
See you on Monday.
My birthday is on March 9.
He’ll come here on December 25.
They arrived on Tuesday morning.
by (ราว ๆ)
Please arrive by 9 a.m.
Try to be here by 10 p.m.
in (ใชกับชวงเวลา เดือน หรือ ป)
The bus will arrive in an hour.
I go to work early in the morning.
I’ll take a trip in June.
Jack moved here in June, 1980.
She was born in 1950.
for (= เปนเวลา)
I have waited for two hours.
(for a long time, for 15 minutes)
Jack has been working here for 6 years. (for 3 months)
during (= ในระหวาง)
We saw them often during the summer.
(during our childhood, during 1970)
![Page 115: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/115.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 3
since (= นับตั้งแต)
They have been there since 1980.
I haven’t seen him since Monday.
before (กอน) - after (หลัง)
Please arrive before (after) 10 p.m.
I will see you before (after) Monday.
until (= จนกระทั่ง)
I’ll be here until Wednesday. (until 5 p.m.)
หมายเหตุ สํานวนเกี่ยวกับเวลาที่นาสนใจมีดังนี้
on time = ตรงเวลา
in time = ทันเวลา
ahead of time = ลวงหนา
behind schedule = ชา
at the beginning of = ตอนตน
at the end of = ตอนปลาย
in the middle of = ตอนกลาง
![Page 116: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/116.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 4
4. Prepositions of Place
แสดงความเกี่ยวพันของสถานที่ และตําแหนง
in The paper is in the desk.
The fish is in the bowl.
He is sitting in the lobby.
นอกจากนี้ in ยังใชกับสถานที่ใหญ ๆ เชน
in a country in a city in a village
at (ใชกับสถานที่เล็ก ๆ)
She is at home. (at the store, at the office, at the airport)
นอกจากนี้ at ยังใชกับบานเลขที่ + ช่ือถนน
She lives at 215 Sukhumvit Road.
on The book is on the table.
Don’t sit on the sofa.
นอกจากนี้ on ยังใชกับช่ือถนน (ไมมีบานเลขที่)
I live on Sukhumvit Road.
under (= ใต)
The paper is under the table.
Put a pad under the hot dish.
beside (= ขาง ๆ)
The napkin is placed beside the plate.
![Page 117: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/117.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 5
near/ by (= ใกล ๆ)
Jane is sitting near (by) the door.
against (= ติดกับ)
He is pushing against the wall.
นอกจากนี้ยังมีคําบุพบทอื่น ๆ ที่ใชแสดงตําแหนง เชน next to, opposite, across
The cinema is across the road from (opposite) the café.
The café is next to the bookshop.
over/ above ทั้งสองคํา แปลวา เหนือ, สูงกวา แตมีสํานวนใชตางกัน
The plane is flying over a city.
Don’t lean over the wall.
I’m over 36.
My house is over yours.
above
This city is above sea level.
His name is above mine on the list.
Don’t wear skirts above the knee.
below (= ตํ่ากวา, ใต)
Wear skirts below the knee.
My house is below sea level.
His grade is below average.
behind (= ขางหลัง)
The paper is behind the desk.
![Page 118: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/118.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 6
หมายเหตุ : สํานวนและคําพิเศษอื่น ๆ ที่ใชกับบุพบท
by (make something) by hand
(learn) by heart)
(know somebody) by name
by accident, by chance
pay by the hour
sell by the yard
sell by the dozen
at
at ease at last at least
at once at war at work
for
for ever for example for good
for sale for the time being
in
in fact in love in order
in pain in prison in theory
in turn in vain in the long run
on
on business on fire on foot
on purpose on the way
out of
out of control out of danger out of date
out of luck out of order out of place
out of use out of the question
![Page 119: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/119.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 7
คําบุพบทอื่นๆ
without doubt within reason under repair
up to date up to now with luck
off the record from now on
with
agree with (somebody) be charged with
cope with compete with
interfere with quarrel with
supply with
to
apply to listen to object to
reply to turn to
on
base on comment on count on intrude on
rely on decide on (something)
at
arrive at guess at look at
peer at play at work at
from
differ from emerge from escape from
prohibit from suffer from recover from
in
believe in engage in invest in
interest in involve in succeed in
![Page 120: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/120.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 8
of
beware of consist of dream of
get rid of think of
Exercise A. จงขีดเสนใตคําบุพบทที่ถูกตองในวงเล็บ
1. Do you live (at, on) Sukhumvit Road (in, on) Bangkok?
2. Let’s go (on, over) Chapter?
3. He sat (near, against) the fire.
4. I am tired (with, of) that girl.
5. Jane is (of, from) England.
6. He told me to come (at, in) 10:30, not (at, in) noon.
7. Did you meet Jane (at, during) your stay in England?
8. He has been working (during, since) noon.
2. Will you be here (by, on) 6 p.m.?
10. I’ve lived in England (for, since) two years.
11. Your score is (above, over) average.
12. My sister is writing (by, with) a pen.
13. I usually go to school (by, in) bus.
14. Jane lives (on, at) 223 Sukumvit Road.
15. Please listen (at, to) me.
16. My house is (between, among) two rivers.
17. This is good (to, for) him.
18. Are you good(at, in) English?
19. I was born (on, in) March, 1954.
20. He is guilty (for, of) the robbery.
![Page 121: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/121.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 9
B. จงเติมคําบุพบทท่ีถูกตองลงในชองวาง
1. This book is different ____________ that one.
2. I am thinking ____________ going to the United States some day.
1. The exercise is ____________ the top of the page.
4. Although it is very warm in the daytime, it is cool ____________ night.
2. The Second World War began ____________ Europe ____________ 1939.
6. We walked ____________ fifth Avenue to Eighth Avenue.
7. We are going ____________ a walk ____________ the evening.
8. Mrs. Miller took the flowers ____________ the table.
9. Does dived __________ the lake and swam _________ the boat.
10. The party will be held __________ Tuesday.
11. When will they arrive ____________ Bangkok?
12. Bloomington is located _____________ the State __________ Indiana.
3. This book is written ____________ Banrbara Cartland.
14. I went to the movie twice ____________ week.
15. She was able to translate the letter ____________ herself.
16. Are you going ____________ plane or ____________ train?
17. The X bus passes ____________ my house.
18. It has been raining ____________ two hours.
19. It has been raining ____________ noon.
20. Their house is ____________the corner.
21. They live ____________ Clark Street. What street do you live____________?
22. Washington is not ____________ New York.
23. Is it very cold there ____________ the winter.
24. My birthday is ____________ June.
![Page 122: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/122.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 10
25. They arrived ____________ the first ____________ August.
26. Why do you sit ____________ that chair?
27. Are they coming ____________ the morning or ____________ the afternoon?
4. The room has many pictures ____________ the walls.
29. The mailman is waiting ____________ the door.
30. They are studying English ____________ American center.
5. I am ill ____________ typehoid.
32. Jack left ___________ London this morning.
33. Don’t be angry ___________ your maid. She is just a young girl.
34. This shirt is different __________ mine.
35. I’m in favour _____________ NATO, but I’m____________ the use of the nuclear weapons.
6. What’s the difference __________ a boat and a ship?
37. Don’t hurry. I’ll wait _____________ you’ve finished.
38. I’ll be back ___________ a minute.
39. I will meet you ____________ three o’clock ____________ Monday.
40. It is necessary to arrive ____________ the airport early.
41. I’m sorry, but I don’t agree ____________ you.
42. Would you like to correspond ____________ an American?
43. They set off ____________ Paris ____________ dawn.
44. He made a table ______________ old boxes.
45. You’re welcome any time ___________ my home.
46. They sold things _____________ a high price.
47. I really feel sorry ___________ you.
48. I like to listen ____________ records of classical music.
49. Have you paid ____________ the tickets yet?
50. What are you so angry ____________?
![Page 123: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/123.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 11
51. The valley is surrounded ____________ mountains.
52. How long does it take to learn English?
That depends ____________ you and ____________ how much time you study.
7. He got the wrong letter ___________ mistake.
C. Underline the correct preposition in each bracket.
1. His family has been in London (for, since) two years.
2. Your birthday is (in, on) January, but mine is (in, on) June 17.
3. The Jame family lives (at, on) Fifth avenue (in, on) New York City.
4. When you send a letter, don’t forget to put a stamp (in, on) the envelop.
1. Martinet will leave here (for, to) England (in, at) the end of June.
6. Columbus discovered America (in, on) 1942.
7. Michigan is situated (among, between) Lake Michigan and Lake Huron.
8. Suni walked (in, into) the kitchen and put her shopping-bag (on, over) the table.
9. It takes three yards (of, by) material to make a dress.
10. I have just received the bill (to, in) the middle of the month.
11. Mr. William spends five hours (in, on) his office (on, at) 655 Wireless Road every day.
12. The headmaster let me do instead (of, for) him.
13. We can meet each other (by, at) dinner because we are very busy every day.
14. Every year many Thais die (by, of) cancer.
15. They will have finished this work (in, by) next month.
16. We must go to the station (on, in) a hurry, because there are five minutes left.
17. Today the cabinet will have a meeting (in, at) midday.
18. His brother always gets up (in, at) dawn.
19. Most people like to go to Bangsaen (during, between) the summer holidays.
![Page 124: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/124.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 12
20. The plane will fly in France (in, on) Tuesday (at, on) eleven o’clock (in, at) the morning.
1. The Grand Palace is situated (among, during, between) Wat Po and the University of Fine
Arts.
2. There is only one (among, between, during) the boys that knew the answer of this question.
2. The Browns will arrive (to, in, at) Thailand (at, on) Christmas.
2. When we write to our friends, we should write (with, by, in) ink.
3. This liquid smells (as, like) turpentine.
![Page 125: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/125.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Exercise Unit 7 Preposition
Choose the best answer.
0. If you are using a telephone you are __________ the phone.
a) on b) by c) with d) at
0. I have the friend who is a student ____________ a university ___________ England.
a) in…at b) at…over c) at…in d) of…of
0. Our school team lost the football match because our best player was sent __________ the field.
a) out b) off c) away d) aside
0. I think she is angry ___________ you for some mistake __________ your work.
a) at…on b) with…in c) for…in d) against…on
0. Please write ______________ ink when you fill ___________ the form.
a) with…on b) in…with c) with…off d) in…out
1. They went to Singapore ___________ train.
a) in b) by c) with d) between
1. According ___________ her story, she missed the bus.
a) to b) by c) with d) in
1. The jar is full ___________ rain water.
a) with b) off c) of d) by
1. You should try to be there __________ time.
a) with b) by c) over d) on
1. I met Jack _____________ chance in the coffee-shop.
a) by b) with c) on d) over
1. It was very kind __________ you to do this for me.
a) off b) of c) by d) with
![Page 126: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/126.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 2
12. I prefer this shirt _____________ that one.
a) over b) of c) to d) from
13. We will go there ___________ foot.
a) with b) on c) by d) in
14. ___________ his surprise, he won the first prize.
a) In b) With c) By d) To
2. I am going to London ___________ Sunday.
a) at b) in c) for d) on
16. School begins __________ half past eight.
a) at b) in c) on d) by
17. I’ll be 25 years old ___________ 1986.
a) at b) on c) in d) for
18. Fresh fruit is good ____________ our health.
a) to b) with c) for d) in
19. The boat left ___________ noon.
a) by b) from c) since d) at
20. He was born ___________ the fifth of May.
a) by b) on c) in d) at
21. I have been coming to this restaurant __________ 5 years.
a) for b) during c) since d) in
22. He hasn’t been here _____________ last Saturday.
a) for b) during c) since d) on
23. I saw them often _________ the summer.
a) for b) during c) since d) on
24. I don’t care ___________ sweet things.
a) to b) of c) over d) for
![Page 127: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/127.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 3
25. You ought to be ashamed ____________ yourself.
a) of b) on c) with d) by
26. He died ____________ pneumonia.
a) with b) of c) at d) by
27. He has not been here ____________ some time.
a) during b) in c) for d) since
3. He has been __________ London for a week.
a) at b) into c) on d) in
29. The captain is __________ board the skip.
a) in b) on c) at d) over
30. That ship is __________ fire.
a) at b) on c) in d) under
31. Never throw stones ____________ animals.
a) at b) on c) in d) over
32. He bumped ____________ the table.
a) at b) on c) into d) over
33. By 2 o’clock the fire was ____________ control.
a) in b) with c) to d) under
34. __________ July the weather is very hot.
a) At b) For c) In d) On
35. Chinese people enjoy themselves ____________ Chinese New Year’s Day.
a) at b) on c) in d) for
36. The birds began to sing ___________ dawn.
a) to b) by c) in d) at
37. Who is ___________ charge of the soldiers?
a) in b) under c) over d) at
![Page 128: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/128.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 4
38. There is a difference ____________ your pen and mine.
a) at b) after c) between d) with
39. Put it over there ____________ the fire-place.
a) from b) to c) with d) by
40. It is ___________ him to say, not you.
a) with b) at c) for d) in
41. He bounced the ball _________ the wall.
a) between b) against c) under d) in
42. My father fight ____________ corruption.
a) at b) with c) against d) for
43. I hope we get there ___________ time.
a) for b) at c) on d) with
4. England and France were ___________ war.
a) in b) on c) under d) at
45. The people suffered ___________ hunger.
a) with b) from c) at d) over
46. He was pleased _____________ his exam results.
a) on b) in c) with d) for
47. People were jealous ___________ Ann.
a) on b) in c) of d) for
48. He lost his bag ___________ the way to school.
a) on b) in c) of d) for
49. A poor man is always ____________ need of money.
a) under b) for c) in d) at
50. Eggs are sold ____________ the dozen.
a) at b) for c) on d) by
![Page 129: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/129.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 5
51. He got a job ___________ a doctor.
a) as b) like c) for d) by
52. Don’t walk __________ an old lady!
a) as b) like c) for d) of
53. I usually work from 9 a.m. ___________ 5 p.m.
a) for b) by c) until d) at
54. Your grade is ___________ average.
a) in b) above c) over d) up
55. Did you see the girl ___________ a red dress?
a) in b) on c) with d) by
56. What are you interested ___________?
a) at b) in c) on d) for
57. Those children will share the sweets ____________ themselves.
a) with b) on c) between d) among
58. When are you leaving ____________ London?
a) to b) at c) for d) by
59. He is ___________ his office now.
a) to b) of c) on d) in
60. They went to London __________ plane.
a) by b) with c) in d) on
61. Good students always listen __________ the teacher.
a) at b) for c) with d) to
62. I am tired _____________ watching TV.
a) at b) about c) of d) in
63. My room is directly ___________ yours.
a) over b) on c) in d) upon
![Page 130: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/130.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 6
64. Jack was blamed ____________ the accident.
a) at b) for c) with d) by
65. I don’t know what it is ___________.
a) over b) at c) with d) about
5. Camels can go a long time ___________water.
a) over b) at c) without d) on
67. Who are you going to sit ____________?
a) with b) at c) near d) on
68. She swept the dust ___________ the rug.
a) with b) at c) under d) through
69. Don’t fall ___________ the stairs.
a) over b) up c) along d) down
70. We will be in London ___________ three hours.
a) on b) in c) at d) by
6. The man ___________ the red hair seems familiar.
a) in b) on c) with d) by
72. We sent a notice _____________ the meeting.
a) about b) for c) of d) on
73. Elections are held ____________ October 19, 1985.
a) in b) on c) at d) by
74. This book was written __________ him.
a) under b) with c) through d) by
75. I live ___________ Sukhumvit Road.
a) in b) on c) at d) by
76. Please explain this problem ___________ me.
a) to b) for c) of d) with
![Page 131: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/131.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 7
77. This telephone is ___________ order.
a) off b) without c) out of d) under
78. These shoes are made ___________ the finest leather.
a) in b) of c) with d) by
79. This place is famous ____________ Mexican food.
a) for b) of c) with d) by
80. He is afraid ___________ his own shadow.
a) for b) by c) with d) of
7. You can depend __________ me.
a) for b) on c) with d) of
82. Are you familiar __________ this type of work?
a) for b) on c) with d) of
83. Please excuse me ____________ being late.
a) for b) on c) with d) of
84. I agree __________ you on that point.
a) for b) on c) with d) of
85. Please take these books along ___________ you.
a) on b) with c) for d) by
86. This cloth is sold _________.
a) with yard b) on a yard c) as a yard d) by the yard
87. She is standing _________ Tim.
a) near to b) after to c) beside d) opposite to
88. Nobody ____________ me finishes this exercise.
a) as b) but c) to d) beside
89. He came to the party ________ the rain.
a) with b) because of c) in spite of d) despite of
![Page 132: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/132.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 8
90. We must _________ all the rubbish.
a) do away with b) look up to c) blow out d) cut in
7. Don’t judge a person __________ his clothes.
a) on b) in c) at d) by
8. She called me ___________ very late last night.
a) up b) in c) at d) off
8. He can’t make _________ your words.
a) at b) out c) up d) in
8. What’s taking an entrance exam ____________?
a) look like b) alike c) likely d) like
8. The boy depends __________ his sister to take care _________ him.
a) to, which b) on, of c) on, about d) to, to
8. It has been raining since nine o’clock in the morning; the field is wet. I think we should call
________ the match this evening.
a) on b) at c) out d) off
8. They said your boyfriend was still handsome, __________ his missing front tooth.
a) with b) no matter of c) except d) in spite of
8. It has been hypothesized that differences in the behavior of the sexes may be __________
differences in metabolism.
a) due to b) up to c) alike to d) in addition to
8. I go ________ the post office every morning on my way to school.
a) on b) in c) off d) by
100.The population of New Jersey ____________ the 1970 census was 7,168,164.
a) due to b) according to c) together with d) in spite of
![Page 133: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/133.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 9
101.____________ an increased number of public housing projects, most Mexican cities have a
severe housing problem.
a) Owing to b) In spite c) Despite d) Because of
102.“What has happened?” “A truck carrying a full load of toxic gas has just exploded, sending
poisonous fumes _________ the whole community.”
a) through out b) among c) for d) in
103.There are many inconveniences that you have to put __________ when you go camping.
a) far to b) away from c) out from d) up with
104.John will take __________ the family business when he comes __________ age.
a) up, to b) over, of c) in, of d) off, to
105.I think you’d better sort _________ the things you want to keep and things you want to throw
___________ before we leave.
a) with, out b) away, out c) out, away d) of, away
![Page 134: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/134.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Unit 8 Conjunction
Conjunction
คือ คําสันธาน ซึ่งทําหนาที่เช่ือมประโยค กับประโยค คําสันธานที่ควรรูมีดังนี้ and, but, because, so, or, although
And (และ) ใชเช่ือมขอความที่สอดคลองกัน หรือคลอยตามกัน
1. เชื่อมประธานของประโยค
Sunee and Suda go to school. = Sunee goes to school. Suda goes to school.
Anan and his brother like dogs.
The boys and the girls study hard.
He and his brother are playing football.
My mother and I went shopping yesterday.
2. เชื่อมกรรมกับกรรม
He will buy a pen and a ruler. = He will buy a pen. He will buy a ruler.
She likes coffee and tea.
They have breakfast and lunch at this restaurant.
Susan borrowed a plate and a bowl from me.
2. เชื่อมกริยากับกริยา
They always dance and sing. = They always dance. They always sing.
We love and respect him.
Linda often listens to the radio and watches television.
![Page 135: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/135.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 2
4. เชื่อมคําชนิดเดียวกัน
She is pretty and polite. = She is pretty. She is polite.
He is lucky and rich.
He is tall and handsome.
They work hard and quickly.
I always drive slowly and carefully.
But (แต) ใชเช่ือมใจความที่ขัดแยงกัน
Sam is poor but Susan is rich.
I like coffee but you like tea.
Sedan is clever but he is lazy.
He wants to go to London but his wife wants to go to Liverpool.
Because (เพราะวา) ใชเช่ือมขอความที่เปนเหตุเปนผลกัน
Because จะอยูหนาขอความที่เปนสาเหตุ
Sunee does not go to school because she is sick.
I like David because he is not selfish.
Anan does not want to go out because it is raining.
The teacher was angry because Susan was late.
Because he is rude, nobody likes him.
นอกจากนี้ Because ยังใชบอกเหตุผลในการตอบประโยคคําถามที่ขึ้นตนดวย why
A: Why do you like Sindy?
B: Because she is nice.
![Page 136: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/136.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 3
หมายเหตุ : Because she is nice. ไมถือวาเปนประโยคที่สมบูรณ มักใชในภาษาพูด ซึ่งตองการขอความที่รวบรัดถาจะทําใหเปน
ประโยคที่สมบูรณตองใชวา
I like Sindy because she is nice.
A: Why is he happy?
B: He is happy because he has passed the final examination.
A: Why is Tipawan crying?
B: She is crying because she is afraid of the dog.
So (ดังนั้น) ใชเช่ือมขอความที่เปนเหตุเปนผลกัน เหมือนคําวา Because สวน So จะอยูหนาขอความที่เปนผล
ดังตัวอยางขางลางนี้
He does not go to school (ผล) because he is sick (สาเหตุ).
Because he is sick (สาเหตุ), he does not go to school (ผล).
He is sick (เหตุ), so he does not go to school (ผล).
(ประโยคนี้จะสลับที่เอา so he does not go to school ไปไวขางหนาไมได)
จะเห็นวา Because + สาเหตุ แต So + ผล
He is rude so nobody likes him.
They are poor so we help them.
She is kind so we love her.
Susan passed the final examination so his father gave him a car.
![Page 137: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/137.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 4
Or (หรือ, มิฉะนั้น) ใชเช่ือมขอความซึ่งเปนการเลือกเอาอยางใดอยางหนึ่ง
0. เชื่อมกรรม
Do you want a pen or a pencil?
Do you like David or Richard?
Are you angry with him or her?
1. เชื่อมกริยา
You can stay with me or go out with them.
You can buy furniture or rent it.
1. เชื่อมคุณศัพท
Is she pretty or ugly?
Is Tom lazy or diligent?
Are they poor or rich?
Is he tall or short?
1. เชื่อมกริยาวิเศษณ
Does he work well or badly?
Will you eat here or there?
Did they get up late or early?
Although (แมวา) ใชเช่ือมขอความที่ขัดแยงกันเหมือน But แตมีวิธีใชความแตกตางจาก But ดังนี้
He is rich but he is unhappy.
Although he is rich, he is unhappy. or
He is unhappy although he is rich.
![Page 138: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/138.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Exercise Unit 8 Conjunction A. จงเชื่อมประโยคตอไปน้ีดวย and
Example Winai can swim. Somchai can swim.
Winai and Somchai can swim.
1. Wipa bought bananas. Wipa bought oranges.
______________________________________________________.
2. Nipa will go shopping. Dara will go shopping.
__________________________________________________________________________.
3. Danai is a teacher. Suwit is a teacher.
__________________________________________________________________________.
4. My father reads books. My father reads newspapers.
__________________________________________________________________________.
1. Mrs. Ross is pretty. Mrs. Ross is kind.
__________________________________________________________________________.
6. He drives fast. He drives carelessly.
__________________________________________________________________________.
7. Wanna is polite. Wanna is diligent.
__________________________________________________________________________.
8. Susan speaks English slowly. Susan speaks English clearly.
__________________________________________________________________________.
9. Nantha likes hotdogs. Nantha likes hamburgers.
__________________________________________________________________________.
10. Wirat types badly. Wirat types slowly.
__________________________________________________________________________.
![Page 139: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/139.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 2
A. จงเชื่อมประโยคตอไปน้ีดวย but
Example Tom speaks to me. He does not speak to Winai.
Tom speaks to me but he does not speak to Winai.
0. Rewat wants to go to Chiengmai. Weena wants to go to Phuket.
__________________________________________________________________________.
0. Manop watches television. He does not go to the cinema.
__________________________________________________________________________.
0. Sirichai wants a car. He does not have enough money to buy it.
__________________________________________________________________________.
0. John can swim. Bill cannot swim.
__________________________________________________________________________.
0. Bancha bought a pen. Sirima bought a pencil.
__________________________________________________________________________.
0. Chinda is polite. Weera is not polite.
__________________________________________________________________________.
1. Mary is diligent. Betty is lazy.
__________________________________________________________________________.
1. Sornchai is poor. Linda is kind.
__________________________________________________________________________.
![Page 140: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/140.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 3
B. จงเชื่อมประโยคตอไปน้ีดวย and, or หรือ but
1. Sunee __________ Suda are going to school.
2. Weena will go shopping _____________ Srisuda will go to the cinema.
3. A: Do you want coffee _________ tea?
B: I want tea.
1. A: Do you like Suda ______________ Sunan?
B: Yes, I do.
5. I went shopping _____________ I saw Wilai at the shopping center.
6. I asked her for help ___________ she did not help me.
7. Do you want to eat at a restaurant ____________ at home?
8. Is your English teacher kind ___________ strict?
9. A: Will you buy orange juice ____________ pine apple juice?
B: I will buy both.
10. She is diligent ___________ polite so every teacher likes her.
B. จงเติม so หรือ because ลงในชองวางใหถูกตอง
1. He wants a lot of money _____________ he wants to buy a house.
2. I was sick yesterday ___________ I did not go to work.
3. We stayed at home last night ___________ it was raining heavily.
4. I am very thirsty ___________ I drink water.
5. Wichai ate a lot of food ____________ he was very hungry.
6. Montha is afraid of her teacher ____________ he is very strict.
7. I have a lot of homework _____________ I don’t want to go out.
8. Everyone likes Sirima _____________ she is not selfish.
9. Ben was not polite ____________ I was angry with him.
10. My father gave me 500 baht ____________ I passed the final examination.
![Page 141: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/141.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 4
D. จงใช because เชื่อมประโยคตอไปน้ี
0. He ate too much. He was sick.
______________________________________________________.
1. She is weak. She cannot carry a heavy box.
__________________________________________________________________________.
2. Somchai can carry a heavy box. He is very strong.
__________________________________________________________________________.
2. He is rich. He will buy two cars.
__________________________________________________________________________.
3. They are poor. They do not have anything to eat.
__________________________________________________________________________.
3. He loves her. He wants to buy everything for her.
__________________________________________________________________________.
3. His father punished Winai. Winai hit the cat.
__________________________________________________________________________.
3. I have a lot of homework. I will go to bed late.
__________________________________________________________________________.
![Page 142: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/142.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 5
E. จงใช so เชื่อมประโยคตอไปน้ี
0. Nathee ate too much. He has a stomach-ache.
__________________________________________________________________________.
0. I want to buy a new blouse. I will go shopping.
__________________________________________________________________________.
1. Buri has no money. He cannot buy anything.
__________________________________________________________________________.
1. Sirima did not go to school. She was sick.
__________________________________________________________________________.
2. They passed the final examination. They studied hard.
__________________________________________________________________________.
2. He will marry her. He loves her.
__________________________________________________________________________.
2. Nida watched television until midnight. She got up late.
__________________________________________________________________________.
2. The teacher punished Danai. Danai came to school late.
__________________________________________________________________________.
![Page 143: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/143.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 6
F. จงเติม because หรือ although ลงในประโยคตอไปน้ีใหถูกตอง
1. Mary does not have any lunch ___________ she wants to lose weight.
2. Don is poor ___________ he works very hard.
3. Bancha likes his car _____________ it works well.
3. Charas is not happy _____________ his wife is angry with him.
3. Nitaya passed the final examination ___________ she did not study hard.
4. He is very thin ____________ he always eats a lot of food.
4. ______________ I like her, she does not like me.
4. ______________ Pairote broke the glasses, his father punished him.
4. Nobody likes him _________ he is handsome.
4. Ratana studies hard _______________ she wants to pass the final examination.
![Page 144: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/144.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 7
C. Choose the best answer.
0. ____________ she was sick, she went to work.
a) Because b) Although c) So d) But
0. I helped him _____________ I liked him.
a) because b) so c) although d) but
0. They love ___________ adore their father.
a) but b) so c) because d) and
0. He is lazy ____________ he is clever.
a) and b) so c) but d) although
0. Do you want to have lunch now ______________ wait till later?
a) and b) or c) but d) so
0. I want to lie down ____________ go to sleep.
a) and b) but c) or d) so
0. The car is quite new ___________ in good condition.
a) and b) but c) or d) so
0. He worked too hard, ___________ he fell ill.
a) but b) because c) or d) so
0. ____________ the house is old, it is in good condition.
a) Because b) Although c) Or d) But
0. I came here ___________ I wanted to see you.
a) so b) although c) because d) but
0. It started raining, ___________ we went home.
a) so b) but c) and d) although
0. Which color do you want red, green, ____________ blue?
a) and b) but c) so d) or
![Page 145: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/145.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 8
13. He is good at most sports. He can play tennis, football, basketball ___________golf well.
a) or b) but c) and d) so
1. Richard is handsome, __________ I don’t like him.
a) but b) so c) and d) because
1. Some people don’t like her __________ she is pretty.
a) so b) although c) because d) and
2. Jim was not there, ____________ her sister was.
a) and b) or c) so d) but
2. He is studying English __________ he wants to go abroad.
a) because b) so c) although d) but
2. I couldn’t hear the teacher, _____________ I moved to the first row.
a) because b) so c) although d) or
2. ____________ Mr. Johnson is 70 years old, he is still an active man.
a) Because b) So c) But d) Although
2. Ying left home early _________ she had an 8 o’clock class.
a) although b) so c) because d) and
![Page 146: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/146.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Unit 9 Modals
Can เปนกริยาชวยที่ใชนําหนากริยาอื่น ๆ มีความหมายวา “สามารถ”
Subject + can + v1 + (Object)
I can drive a car.
บอกเลา ปฏิเสธ คําถาม
I can swim. I cannot swim. Can I swim?
You can swim. You cannot swim. Can you swim?
He/ She can swim. He/ She cannot swim. Can he/ she swim?
We can swim. We cannot swim. Can we swim?
They can swim. They cannot swim. Can they swim?
It can swim. It cannot swim. Can it swim?
รูปยอของ cannot คือ can’t
I can’t swim. They can’t swim.
May เปนกริยาชวยที่ใชนําหนาคํากริยาอื่น ๆ มีความหมายวา “อาจทําได, คงจะ, อาจจะ” ใชเพื่อแสดงการอนุญาตหรือคาดคะเน
เชน
You may be ill.
You may leave.
Suda may come back late.
Subject + may + V1 + (object)
![Page 147: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/147.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 2
Can และ May ใชกับประธานไดทุกบุรุษ และคํากริยาที่ตามหลัง can และ may จะเปนกริยาชองที่ 1 เสมอ
บอกเลา ปฏิเสธ คําถาม
I may come. I may not come. May I come?
You may come. You may not come. May you come?
He/ She may come. He/ She may not come. May he/ she come?
We may come. We may not come. May we come?
They may come. They may not come. May they come?
It may come. It may not come. May it come?
รูปยอของ may not คือ mayn’t แตไมนิยมใช
Must เปนกริยาชวยที่ใชนําหนาคํากริยาอื่น ๆ มีความหมายวา “ตอง, จําเปนตอง” ใชไดกับประธานทุกบุรุษ และคํากริยาที่ตามหลัง
must จะเปนกริยาชองที่ 1 เสมอ
Subject + Must + V1 + (Object)
บอกเลา ปฏิเสธ คําถาม
I must go. I must not go. Must I go?
You must go. You must not go. Must you go?
He/ She must go. He/ She must not go. Must he/ she go?
We must go. We must not go. Must we go?
They must go. They must not go. Must they go?
It must go. It must not go. Must it go?
หมายเหตุ: must not = ตองไม รูปยอคือ mustn’t ใชเมื่อตองการไมใหทําอะไร
![Page 148: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/148.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 3
Need เปนกริยาที่ใชนําหนากริยาอื่น หมายความวา จําเปนตอง มีวิธีใช 2 แบบ คือ
a) ใชแบบกริยาชวยอื่น ๆ ในกรณีนี้ need ใชไดกับประธานทุกบุรุษโดยไมมีการเปลี่ยนแปลงและกริยาที่ตามหลัง need
เปนกริยาชอง 1 เสมอ
I need go now.
He need work hard.
We need help him.
Need not = ไมจําเปนตอง คํายอ คือ needn’t
You needn’t get up early tomorrow.
They needn’t run.
You needn’t work too hard.
b) ใชแบบกริยาธรรมดา มีความหมายวา จําเปนตอง เชนเดียวกัน ในกรณีนี้ตองเติม ‘s’ เมื่อประธานเปนเอกพจน และตองมี to
นําหนากริยาที่ตามมา
Subject + need(s) + to + V1 + (Object)
บอกเลา คําถาม
I need to go now.
You need to go now.
He/ She needs to go
now.
We need to go now.
They need to go now.
It needs to go now.
Do I need to go now?
Do you need to go now?
Does he/ she need to go
now?
Do we need to go now?
Do they need to go now?
Does it need to go now?
![Page 149: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/149.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 4
เมื่อเปนปฏิเสธ ตองใชกริยา do มาชวย
I do not need
You do not need
He/ She does not
need
We do not need
They do not need
It does not need
to
go now.
do not need ยอเปน don’t need.
does not need ยอเปน doesn’t need.
You don’t need to work today.
Bob doesn’t need to help me.
Have to มีความหมายเหมือน must (ตอง)
Have to เปลี่ยนเปน has to เมื่อประธานเปนเอกพจน สวนกริยาที่ตามหลัง have to จะเปนกริยาชองที่ 1 เสมอ
Subject + {have to, has to} + V1 + (object)
บอกเลา ปฏิเสธ
I have to go. Do I have to go?
You have to go. Do you have to go?
He/ She has to go. Does he/ she have to go?
We have to go. Do we have to go?
They have to go. Do they have to go?
It has to go. Does it have to go?
![Page 150: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/150.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 5
I have to tell him.
You have to obey your parents.
He has to go back to Japan.
หมายเหตุ: Do not หรือ Does not have to = ไมตอง, ไมจําเปนตอง
(มีความหมายเหมือน need not)
รูปยอ คือ don’t have to หรือ doesn’t have to
I don’t have to
You don’t have to
He/ She doesn’t have to
We don’t have to
They don’t have to
It doesn’t have to
go.
You don’t have to study here.
Vichit doesn’t have to leave now.
We don’t have to listen to him.
![Page 151: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/151.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 6
Should = ควร, ควรจะ ใชกับประธานทุกบุรุษ และคํากริยาที่ตามหลัง should จะเปนกริยาชอง 1 เสมอ
Subject + should + V1 + (Object)
บอกเลา คําถาม
I should go now. Should I go now?
You should go now. Should you go now?
He/ She should go now. Should he/ she go now?
We should go now. Should we go now?
They should go now. Should they go now?
It should go now. Should it go now?
รูปปฏิเสธ Should not รูปยอ คือ shouldn’t แปลวา ไมควร, ไมควรจะ
You should give him some money.
You should not give him any money.
He should not be rude.
They should watch television.
We should not smoke.
![Page 152: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/152.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 7
Ought to = ควร, ควรจะ มีความหมายเหมือน should
ใช ought to กับประธานทุกบุรุษ โดยไมมีการเปลี่ยนรูป และคํากริยาที่ตามหลัง ought to จะเปนกริยาชองที่ 1 เสมอ
Subject + ought to + V1 + (Object)
บอกเลา ปฏิเสธ
I ought to go now. I ought not to go now.
You ought to go now. You ought not to go now.
He/ She ought to go now. He/ She ought not to go now.
We ought to go now. We ought not to go now.
They ought to go now. They ought not to go now.
It ought to go now. It ought not to go now.
รูปยอของ ought not to คือ oughtn’t to
We ought to obey the rules.
You oughtn’t to go to school late.
![Page 153: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/153.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Exercise Unit 9 Modals
A. จงใช can และ cannot กับคํากริยาในประโยคตอไปน้ีใหถูกตอง
Example He (swim) in the sea.
He can swim in the sea.
They (not, drink) whisky.
They cannot drink whisky.
1. Suda (draw) beautiful flowers.
_______________________________________________________.
2. My brother (not, drive) a car.
_______________________________________________________.
3. I (lift) this heavy box.
_______________________________________________________.
4. Ying (sing) beautiful songs.
_______________________________________________________.
5. The baby (not, run) quickly.
_______________________________________________________.
6. I (answer) these questions.
_______________________________________________________.
7. Vipas (not, eat) with chopsticks.
_______________________________________________________.
8. A bat (fly).
_______________________________________________________.
![Page 154: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/154.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 2
B. จงเปลี่ยนประโยคตอไปน้ีใหเปนประโยคคําถาม
1. Malika can use a sewing-machine.
_______________________________________________________?
2. He can swim across the river.
_______________________________________________________?
3. They can make tables.
_______________________________________________________?
4. We can go to Malaysia.
_______________________________________________________?
5. Tom can touch the ceiling.
_______________________________________________________?
6. Bill can control the horse.
_______________________________________________________?
7. Arjarn Vichit can ride a bicycle.
_______________________________________________________?
8. Srisuda can make chicken curry.
_______________________________________________________?
![Page 155: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/155.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 3
C. จงใช may และ may not กับคํากริยาในประโยคตอไปน้ีใหถูกตอง
1. My parents (return) tomorrow night.
_______________________________________________________.
2. You (tell) everyone the news.
_______________________________________________________.
3. Andrew (not, arrive) next week.
_______________________________________________________.
4. Mary (know) the answer.
_______________________________________________________.
5. There (not, be) enough food for everyone.
_______________________________________________________.
6. Mr. Ross (help) you.
_______________________________________________________.
7. They (not, agree) with you.
_______________________________________________________.
8. The work (not, be) easy for you.
_______________________________________________________.
![Page 156: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/156.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 4
D. จงใช must และ must not กับคํากริยาในประโยคตอไปน้ีใหถูกตอง
1. I (see) him tomorrow.
_______________________________________________________.
2. You (not, drink) alcohol again.
_______________________________________________________.
3. You (not, use) my typewriter.
_______________________________________________________.
4. He (finish) this work next week.
_______________________________________________________.
5. They (do) their homework tonight.
_______________________________________________________.
6. We (not, disappoint) our parents.
_______________________________________________________.
7. Arjarn Vichit (stop) smoking.
_______________________________________________________.
8. They (not, eat) in the bedroom.
_______________________________________________________.
![Page 157: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/157.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 5
E. จงใช need และ need not กับคํากริยาในประโยคตอไปน้ีใหถูกตอง
1. We (help) our friends.
_______________________________________________________.
2. She (not, come) here early tomorrow.
_______________________________________________________.
3. You (exercise) sometimes.
_______________________________________________________.
4. He (eat) vegetables.
_______________________________________________________.
5. They (not, buy) those books.
_______________________________________________________.
6. Ying (buy) a new shirt.
_______________________________________________________.
7. Arjarn Vipas (be) on a diet.
_______________________________________________________.
8. You (not, tell) me everything.
_______________________________________________________.
![Page 158: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/158.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 6
F. จงเติม mustn’t หรือ needn’t ลงในชองวางใหถูกตอง
1. Benjawan ___________ go to bed early because tomorrow is Sunday.
2. A rich man _____________ work hard.
3. You ____________ take an umbrella because it won’t rain.
4. You __________ drive a car if you are drunk.
5. You ____________ go to the bank.
6. You _________ tell this to anybody because it is a secret.
7. You _________ smoke in here because smoking is forbidden.
8. You ___________ clean the room now because I will clean it myself tomorrow.
9. You ___________ buy anything for me because I will go shopping tomorrow.
G. จงเปลี่ยน must ใหเปน have (has) to
Example He must do it now.
He has to do it now.
1. They must learn to swim.
_______________________________________________________.
_______________________________________________________.
2. We must go by train.
_______________________________________________________.
_______________________________________________________.
3. I must go to bed now.
_______________________________________________________.
_______________________________________________________.
![Page 159: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/159.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 7
4. You must write a letter to Paul.
_______________________________________________________.
_______________________________________________________.
1. Nantha must get a job.
_______________________________________________________.
_______________________________________________________.
6. Pee Kong must study French.
_______________________________________________________.
_______________________________________________________.
7. Richard must wear a uniform.
_______________________________________________________.
_______________________________________________________.
2. Jimmy must take an English test tomorrow.
_______________________________________________________.
_______________________________________________________.
H. จงเปลี่ยนประโยคตอไปน้ีใหเปนประโยคคําถาม
Example He must leave now.
Must he leave now?
He has to leave now.
Does he have to leave now?
1. We have to study this lesson.
_______________________________________________________?
![Page 160: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/160.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 8
2. Everyone must take the final examination.
_______________________________________________________?
3. Malee has to go shopping this afternoon.
_______________________________________________________?
4. We have to return these books to the library tomorrow.
_______________________________________________________?
5. Theera has to explain everything to them.
_______________________________________________________?
6. You must speak to Mr. Robinson tomorrow.
_______________________________________________________?
1. They have to leave for Chiengmai next Friday.
_______________________________________________________?
8. You must mail that package to Winai today.
_______________________________________________________?
I. จงเปลี่ยนประโยคตอไปน้ีใหเปนประโยคปฏิเสธ
Example She must leave before seven o’clock.
She must not leave before seven o’clock.
She has to study these three lessons.
She doesn’t have to study these three lessons.
1. We have to be there at eight o’clock tomorrow.
_______________________________________________________.
![Page 161: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/161.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 9
2. He has to give a pen to Jimmy.
_______________________________________________________.
3. You must tell your friends these plans.
_______________________________________________________.
4. He must help his friends with their homework.
_______________________________________________________.
5. You must send a telegram to your father.
_______________________________________________________.
6. I have to stay at my office until seven o’clock tonight.
_______________________________________________________.
7. The teacher has to explain the same lesson twice.
_______________________________________________________.
8. They must return the money to Mr.Smith before Tuesday.
_______________________________________________________.
J. จงใช should และ ought to ในประโยคตอไปน้ี
Example He (finish) that work before Monday.
He should finish that work before Monday.
He ought to finish that work before Monday.
1. Bill (return) to England next week.
_______________________________________________________.
_______________________________________________________.
2. You (report) to the police about the accident.
_______________________________________________________.
_______________________________________________________.
![Page 162: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/162.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 10
3. We (walk) very fast to get there on time.
_______________________________________________________.
_______________________________________________________.
1. You (invite) Srisuda to the party.
_______________________________________________________.
_______________________________________________________.
5. He (be) more careful.
_______________________________________________________.
_______________________________________________________.
6. Vichit (stay) at home tonight.
_______________________________________________________.
_______________________________________________________.
2. We (tell) her the news.
_______________________________________________________.
_______________________________________________________.
8. They (go) to bed early.
_______________________________________________________.
_______________________________________________________.
K. จงเปลี่ยนใหเปนประโยคปฏิเสธ
1. You should answer his telegram.
_______________________________________________________.
2. He should wait until next week.
_______________________________________________________.
![Page 163: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/163.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 11
3. They ought to drink more coffee.
_______________________________________________________.
4. We ought to lock the front door.
_______________________________________________________.
1. Robert should look for a new job.
_______________________________________________________.
6. You ought to tell him the truth.
_______________________________________________________.
7. Ladda ought to postpone her trip.
_______________________________________________________.
8. She should go with Mr.Fox.
_______________________________________________________.
L. จงเปลี่ยนใหเปนประโยคคําถาม
1. We should obey the company’s rules.
_______________________________________________________?
2. He ought to follow his teacher’s instructions.
_______________________________________________________?
3. Vichit should learn to play the piano.
_______________________________________________________?
4. Pee Kong should pick up Henry at the airport.
_______________________________________________________?
5. They ought to attend the meeting tomorrow.
_______________________________________________________?
6. We should go shopping at this supermarket.
_______________________________________________________?
![Page 164: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/164.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 12
7. Bancha ought to go to the cinema tonight.
_______________________________________________________?
8. Wipa ought to study harder.
_______________________________________________________?
M. จงเติมกริยาชวยตอไปน้ีลงในชองวางใหถูกตอง –can, may, must, must not, don’t need to, doesn’t have to,
can’t, should, should not
1. We ____________ wear uniforms. It is one of the school’s regulations.
2. You are ill. You __________ stay in bed and rest.
3. You _________ clean the room. I’ve already cleaned it.
1. _____________ he swim? Yes, he can.
2. You may keep the book for a week. After that you ____________ return it to the library.
4. _____________ I come in? Yes, sure.
4. I _____________ reach the ceiling. It’s too high.
5. You should ask Ann. She ___________ know Tom’s address.
6. He _____________ do his homework tonight. He can leave it until tomorrow.
7. You _____________ drink this. It’s poisonous.
8. She ____________ go out tonight. It’s going to rain soon.
9. You __________ help your neighbors when they are in trouble.
![Page 165: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/165.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 13
N. Choose the best answer.
1. When crossing the road you _________ be careful.
a) might b) could c) need to d) can
1. My father said, “ ____________ watch TV all the afternoon if you wish.”
a) You ought b) You should c) You may d) You have to
3. ___________ I sit here or is this seat taken?
a) Can b) Will c) Should d) Might
4. The girl _____________ walk again soon after she has an operation.
a) will b) can c) shall d) should
5. ___________ you explain the question again?
a) May b) Shall c) Might d) Can
6. Our dog is very clever. He ___________ open any door in the house.
a) can b) may c) should d) will
7. Good morning, sir. What _________ I do for you?
a) can b) may c) should d) will
8. The story Tom told us yesterday ____________ be true. He never tells lies.
a) shall b) may c) should d) will
9. I ____________ stay at the office late today because there is a lot of work to do.
a) must b) might c) could d) can
10. Prices of houses have gone up. Now you __________ not find one for under $19,000.
a) must b) can c) shall d) should
11. _____________ I interrupt you for a moment?
a) May b) Should c) Might d) Shall
12. You __________ now, children.
a) may to go b) can to go c) must to go d) may go
![Page 166: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/166.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 14
2. The students _____________ their homework now.
a) should to do b) ought to do c) ought do d) shall do
14. He ____________ tomorrow, but I’m not sure that he will.
a) ought come b) should to come c) may come d) must come
3. We ____________ vegetables every day. There are good for our health.
a) should eat b) ought eat c) may eat d) must not eat
16. If you want to get a better grade, you __________ study very hard for the next exam.
a) should b) may c) can d) shall
17. Mary is ill. She ___________stay in bed and rest.
a) can b) may c) ought to d) shall
18. It’s late! We __________ walk very fast to get there on time.
a) ought b) may c) can d) must
19. I ___________ read the instructions carefully to understand them.
a) can b) may c) might d) have to
20. Which of these shirts should I buy? I _________ decide.
a) may not b) can’t c) will not d) must not
21. When ___________ we return all of these books to the library?
a) may b) would c) must d) might
22. Wannee is unhappy because she __________ find her diamond ring.
a) shouldn’t b) mustn’t c) doesn’t have to d) can’t
23. ___________ Jim go to the party with us? If he wants to go, I can pick him up.
a) Will b) Can c) Must d) Shall
24. Vichit can play the piano, but he _________ sing.
a) may not b) should c) must d) cannot
25. Everyone ___________ help his friends and neighbors when it is necessary.
a) will not b) may c) cannot d) should
![Page 167: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/167.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 15
26. ___________ you tell me where the Lido Theatre is?
a) Must b) May c) Can d) Should
27. My father said I _________ do my homework before I watch television.
a) must b) may c) should d) ought
28. Tim is seriously ill. He _________ see a doctor before it is too late.
a) may b) can c) must d) ought
29. You ___________ it next Monday, if you like.
a) can do b) may to do c) should do d) must do
30. You cough a lot. You __________ stop smoking.
a) should to b) can c) ought to d) may
![Page 168: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/168.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Unit 10 Verb Forms
แบงเปน 5 กลุมสําคัญ ไดแก
1. Verb ที่ตามดวย Infinitive
2. Verb ที่ตามดวย Infinitive Without To
3. Verb ที่ตามดวย Gerund (V + ing)
4. Verb Form พิเศษ
5. Inchoative Verb
Verb ท่ีตามดวย Infinitive
A. Verb + to + Verb
กลุม Verb ที่มีโครงสรางแบบนี้ ไดแก
agree arrange attempt bother
care decide deserve endeavor
fail forget hesitate hope
learn long mean plan
prepare promise prove refuse
swear seem try trouble
undertake use to wish would like
Example I agree to help you.
Don’t bother to see me out.
He failed to get an A.
![Page 169: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/169.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 2
I’m longing to see my son again.
Don’t trouble to come to see me.
She is planning to leave tomorrow.
We hope to go to Paris.
She deserves to get the money.
He tried to telephone Jane.
I would like to try.
B. Verb + {Noun, Pronoun} + to + Verb
กลุม Verb ที่มีโครงสรางแบบนี้ ไดแก
advise allow ask beg
cause command encourage expect
forbid force get invite
need order persuade remind
teach tell tempt want
warn
Example We won’t allow them to smoke.
He asked me to pay for the meal.
The teacher teaches us to speak English.
They forced him to go.
Don’t tell me to do so.
I want you to do this.
He caused me to be late.
I advise you to study abroad.
![Page 170: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/170.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 3
หมายเหตุ: กลุม Verb บางตัวจะมีโครงสรางได 2 แบบ คือ อาจตามดวย to + Verb หรือ Pronoun, Noun + to + Verb
เชน
ask beg expect promise
want wish would like
Example The child begged to go.
He begged me to go.
They wished to stay.
We wished you to go.
C. Verb to be + Adjective + to + Verb
คํา Adjective ที่มีโครงสรางเชนนี้ ไดแก pleased, nice, upset, surprised, easy, interesting
Example I’m very pleased to meet you.
Jane is very nice to talk to.
I was upset to hear that.
It’s easy to learn.
He was surprised to see Jane.
Football is interesting to watch.
![Page 171: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/171.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 4
D. Verb + {Pronoun} + Question Word + to + Verb
Verb ที่ใชในโครงสรางนี้ ไดแก ask, consider, explain, find out, know, show, tell, understand, wonder
Example Could you tell me how to get there?
Please show us what to do.
I wonder who to talk to.
He asked me where to stay.
Can you find out when to go?
Verb ท่ีตามดวย Infinitive without to
A. Verb + Verb
กลุม Verb ที่มีโครงสรางแบบนี้มักเปนพวก Modal เชน will, shall, would, should, can, could, may, might, must นอกจากนี้ยังมี had better และ would rather
Example I must go now.
You’d better take a holiday.
You can help her.
I’d rather stay home.
We should try again.
![Page 172: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/172.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 5
B. Verb + {Pronoun, Noun} + Verb
กลุม Verb ที่มีโครงสรางเชนนี้ ไดแก
help hear have feel get
make see watch let
Example I always let my son stay up late.
I didn’t see you come in.
Please help me solve the problem.
The teacher made us repeat the word.
หมายเหตุ บางครั้ง “help” อาจตามดวย Pronoun, Noun + to + Verb
I helped her to write the report.
Please help her to move the box.
C. Why (not) + Verb
บางครั้ง เมื่อตองการเสนอแนะอะไรจะใช why (not) ขึ้นตนประโยค และจะตามดวย Verb ไมม ีto
Why not take a holiday?
Why stand up if you can sit down?
Why not stay home tonight?
![Page 173: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/173.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 6
Verb ท่ีตามดวย Gerund
A. Verb + Verb-ing
กลุม Verb ที่ตามดวย gerund ไดแก
admit appreciate avoid can’t help
consider delay deny dislike
enjoy feel finish give up
keep like mind miss
postpone practice quit recall
stop suggest be used to be worth
Example I really appreciate having time to relax.
He admitted taking the money.
I enjoy eating.
I’ve finished working.
You should keep trying.
Have you considered studying abroad?
I’m used to typing.
B. Verb + Pronoun, Noun + Verb-ing
กลุม Verb ที่ใชโครงสรางนี้ ไดแก feel, find, watch, observe, smell, see
Example I found this movie interesting.
She watched him eating.
I smell something burning.
![Page 174: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/174.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 7
C. Preposition + Verb-ing
เมื่อม ีPreposition นําหนา Verb ที่ตามหลังมาจะกลายเปน Gerund (Verb-ing) ทันที
Example I look forward to hearing from you.
Check the oil before starting the car.
She earns her living by typing.
Don’t talk about driving.
หมายเหตุ : Verb บางตัว จะมีโครงสราง 2 แบบ คือ
(1) ตามดวย to + Verb
(2) ตามดวย Verb-ing
เชน begin, continue, intend, love, like, neglect, propose, start
คําเหลานี้ความหมายจะไมเปลี่ยนหรือ เปลี่ยนเพียงเล็กนอยเมื่อใชโครงสรางตางกัน
I begin to laugh.
I begin laughing.
แตยังมีกลุม Verb บางตัวที่ความหมาย เมื่อตามดวย to + Verb จะแตกตางจากเมื่อตามดวย Gerund
เชน forget, go on, try, remember, regret
You really must stop smoking.
He stopped to smoke a cigarette.
I shall never forget seeing the Queen.
I forgot to see the Queen.
จะเห็นไดวาเมื่อตามดวย Gerund จะมีความหมายวาสิ่งนั้นไดถูกกระทําไปแลวในอดีต และเมื่อตามดวย Infinitive
จะหมายถึงสิ่งที่จะทําในอนาคต
![Page 175: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/175.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 8
Verb Form พิเศษ
A. {get, have} + something + V3
This morning I had my shoes shined.
You should have your teeth checked.
She got her hair washed.
B. {be, feel, seem, look, get} + V3 (participle)
You get confused.
After a long day, you feel tired.
Jane looks worried.
นอกจากนี้ จะเห็นไดวา คํากริยากลุมนี้อาจตามดวย Present Participle ซึ่งทําหนาที่เหมือนคําคุณศัพท (Adjective)
This lesson was interesting.
This movie is exciting.
Inchoative Verb
คือ กริยาที่แสดงการเปลี่ยนแปลงสภาพ หรือ ภาวะ กริยาเหลานี้ ไดแก become, get, grow, turn, go, come, fall
Inchoative Verb ตามดวยคําชนิดตาง ๆ ดังนี้
1. inchoative verb + Adjective
He is getting rich.
She is growing old.
I’m becoming bored.
Malee has got thin.
His face turned pale.
![Page 176: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/176.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 9
2. inchoative verb + Noun
Billy wants to become a dentist.
3. inchoative verb + to + infinitive
I got to know Sally at the party.
1. inchoative verb + comparative of adjective
Jim is getting better at golf.
It’s getting longer.
The water is getting hotter.
![Page 177: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/177.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Exercise Unit 10 Verb Forms
A. จงเปลี่ยนคํากริยาในวงเล็บใหมีรูปท่ีถูกตอง
1. Jack asked me (come) right away.
2. I try (see) the manager.
3. We are very happy (be) here.
4. I’m not used to (get) up early.
5. Do you mind (turn) off the radio?
6. They object to (smoke) here.
7. You should get your shirt (clean).
8. When will you have your car (check)?
9. Please let me (do) it.
1. I told him how (do) it.
2. You’d better (stop) your car.
12. They must (study) tonight.
13. Can you get John (deliver) the paper?
14. Why (pay) more at other shops?
15. The party was pretty (bore).
16. I avoid (face) the dentist.
17. I’m looking forward to (watch) the game.
18. You’d better have your hair (cut).
19. Is this book worth (read)?
20. I find this fact (interest).
21. Will they allow us (park) here?
22. When did he stop (smoke)?
![Page 178: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/178.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 2
23. Do you enjoy (listen) to pop music?
24. He was surprised (hear) that.
25. The teacher found her TV (steal).
A. จงตอบคําถามตามตัวอยางขางลางนี้
Example
Are the leaves brown? (turn)
Yes. They’ve turned brown.
1. Is Nantha better? (get)
__________________________________________________________.
2. Are you accustomed to the weather here? (get)
__________________________________________________________.
3. Is John mad? (go)
__________________________________________________________.
4. Is Weena fat? (get)
__________________________________________________________.
5. Is Pipat ill? (fall)
__________________________________________________________.
6. Is the milk sour? (turn)
__________________________________________________________.
7. Is it dark? (grow)
__________________________________________________________.
8. Is Richard asleep? (fall)
__________________________________________________________.
![Page 179: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/179.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 3
9. Is the bread moldy? (go)
__________________________________________________________.
10. Is Danai the manager? (become)
__________________________________________________________.
1. Is Susan interested in Steve? (become)
__________________________________________________________.
12. Is the zip undone? (come)
__________________________________________________________.
C. Choose the best answer.
1. Hurry up! We must run to the bus stop. I can see a bus ___________.
a) come b) comes c) coming d) is coming
2. I think I must have my hair ___________ soon.
a) a wash b) to wash c) washed d) washing
3. When I returned home, I found my servant _________ to a chair.
a) tying b) having tied c) to be typing d) tied
4. Listen to the people. Can you hear them ___________?
a) shouted b) shouting c) are shouting d) will shout
5. Ask the visitor to come in; don’t keep him ___________ outside.
a) stand b) standing c) to stand d) to be standing
6. I dislike ____________ when I am absorbed in my studies.
a) to disturb b) disturbed c) disturbing d) being disturbed
7. I would like _____________ my hair _____________.
a) have…. cut b) having…cut c) to have … cut d) to have … to cut
8. He heard some birds ____________.
a) sung b) will sing c) are singing d) singing
![Page 180: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/180.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 4
9. Would you mind ____________ more slowly?
a) speak b) speaking c) to speak d) spoke
10. He promised ___________ up smoking.
a) to give b) giving c) give d) gave
11. After a while she stopped ____________ out of the window and began her homework.
a) looking b) to look c) looked d) from looking
12. I shall never forget ___________ to school for the first time.
a) go b) went c) going d) to go
13. I tried to avoid ___________ to him but in the end I had to.
a) speak b) speaking c) to speak d) spoke
14. Those windows need ___________.
a) for cleaning b) to clean c) cleaned d) cleaning
1. Did you see the building ____________ down?
a) fell b) to fall c) is falling d) fall
16. He will not go in the boat because he is afraid ____________.
a) to be drowned b) of being drowned c) from drowning d) to drown
17. The teacher told him ____________ it again.
a) don’t do b) do not do c) not to do d) to not do
18. I don’t remember ____________ him before.
a) see b) to see c) saw d) seeing
19. I will try to prevent him ____________ himself.
a) from hurting b) hurt c) to hurt d) from hurt
20. He ran away without ___________ to help.
a) stop b) stopping c) stopped d) to stop
21. Would you mind ____________ the door, please?
a) close b) to close c) closed d) closing
![Page 181: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/181.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 5
22. I didn’t want to do it. They made me ___________ it.
a) do b) to do c) did d) done
23. Everyone watched the plane ____________ off.
a) to take b) taking c) took d) taken
24. We all look forward ____________ Jane.
a) to meeting b) to meet c) meet d) meeting
25. This book proved ___________ popular.
a) being b) to be c) for being d) is
26. We mustn’t fail ___________ our promise.
a) keeping b) keep c) to keep d) to keeping
27. We must urge her _____________ harder.
a) trying b) try c) for trying d) to try
28. I found the movie ____________.
a) excited b) to excite c) exciting d) to be exciting
29. He got the car ___________.
a) check b) checked c) to check d) checking
2. He prefers to __________ his own letters.
a) typing of b) be typed c) typing d) type
31. We were asked ___________ early.
a) to come b) coming c) come d) of coming
32. I am fond of ___________.
a) the swim b) being swum
c) swimming d) doing swimming
33. We are ____________ there at six.
a) being b) to be c) be d) to have been
![Page 182: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/182.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 6
34. I found her __________.
a) tired and depressed b) tiring and depressed
c) tired and depressing d) tiring and depressing
35. They helped me __________ my homework.
a) did b) doing c) done d) do
3. He let me ____________ his car.
a) drove b) to drive c) drive d) driving
37. I would rather ___________.
a) worked b) work c) to work d) working
38. You’d better _____________.
a) hurry up b) hurrying up c) to hurry up d) hurried up
4. I happen _______________ you are wrong.
a) to know b) knowing c) know d) knew
40. I enjoy __________ cards.
a) play b) to play c) playing d) play
41. She was upset ___________ that her mother was ill.
a) hearing b) to hear c) of hearing d) hear
42. We couldn’t help ____________her.
a) to love b) love c) being love d) loving
43. I would rather ________ than stayed home.
a) go out b) went out c) have gone out d) going out
44. He said he would __________me the next day.
a) call b) be called c) calling d) to call
45. Please help me ___________ the bag.
a) carry b) having carried c) carrying d) carried
![Page 183: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/183.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 7
46. I will have the men ____________ my car.
a) washed b) wash c) to wash d) washing
47. That seems ____________ a well –built house.
a) being b) was c) to be d) of being
48. You should ___________ your work __________ quickly.
a) getting…done b) getting… to do c) get… do d) get… done
49. They used to ____________ in Bangkok.
a) living b) live c) lived d) be lived
50. She appeared _____________ tired.
a) being b) be c) of being d) to be
51. You must always keep ___________.
a) of talking b) on talking c) to talk d) talked
5. ____________ too much makes me sleepy.
a) Eating b) To eat c) Eat d) Eaten
53. We are very much interested in __________ the U.S.
a) visit b) to visit c) visiting d) being visited
54. Aren’t you going ___________ town now?
a) to leave by b) leaving to c) leaving for d) to leave for
55. Mary is about __________ her mind and ________ me.
a) changing…to marry b) to change ….marry
c) to change …. to marry d) changing… marry
56. I wouldn’t dream ___________.
a) of going b) to go c) going d) of go
57. The man ________ is my uncle.
a) spoken b) speaking c) speak d) spoke
![Page 184: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/184.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 8
58. I spend a lot of time _____________.
a) dance b) in dancing c) dancing d) to dance
59. Watching television can be ____________.
a) bore b) bored c) to bore d) boring
60. The building ___________ in this picture is my house.
a) shown b) showing c) is shown d) is showing
6. He got up _____________.
a) to go b) going c) gone d) go
62. I rely on you __________.
a) helping b) to help c) help d) helped
63. We shall be delighted _____________.
a) coming b) come c) to have comed d) to come
64. She has gone __________.
a) to shop b) shopped c) shopping d) shop
65. It’s no good ____________ it.
a) thinking of b) think of c) thinking at d) to think at
66. Are you keen on ___________?
a) to garden b) garden c) for gardening d) gardening
67. There’s a policeman ___________.
a) come b) coming c) to come d) came
68. They forced us _____________ their invitation.
a) to accept b) accepting c) accept d) accepted
69. I’m glad ____________ you’re getting better now.
a) that know b) that knowing c) to know that d) that to know
70. The teacher permitted him ____________.
a) to have it b) to having it c) have it d) having it
![Page 185: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/185.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Unit 11 Sentence Construction
1. ประโยคบอกเลา (Affirmative Statements)
2. ประโยคปฏิเสธ (Negative Statements)
3. ประโยคคําถาม (Yes-No Questions)
ประโยคบอกเลา
โครงสรางของประโยคบอกเลา คือ
Subject + Verb + {Object Complement, Object (กรรม)}
They are students.
(Subject + Verb + Complement)
I like her.
(Subject + Verb + Object)
จะเห็นไดวา verb to be มักจะตามดวย complement ซึ่งอาจเปน adjective หรือ noun หรือ pronoun
Mary is ill.
They are friends.
The book is mine.
แตถา verb เปน verb ประเภท “appear, become, feel, look, seem, smell, sound, taste” มักจะตามดวย
adjective เชน
I feel happy.
She looked tired.
It sounds good.
![Page 186: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/186.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th
2
สําหรับ verb อื่น ๆ ที่ ไมใช verb to be หรือ verb ประเภทดังกลาวขางตน มักจะตามดวย object ซึ่งอาจเปนคํานาม
คําสรรพนาม หรือคําที่ใชแทนคํานาม เชน
Jack collects stamps.
He loves Jane.
I bought a book.
They like coffee.
หมายเหตุ
ในกรณีที่มีประโยคบอกเลาขึ้นตนดวยโครงสราง “There is หรือ There are” There จะอยูในตําแหนงประธาน
สวนประธานที่แทจริงจะตามหลัง verb เชน
There is a pen.
There was an accident yesterday.
There are many girls here.
ประโยคปฏิเสธ
ประโยคบอกเลาสามารถทําใหเปนประโยคปฏิเสธไดดวยการเติม “not” ที ่verb หลักเกณฑในการทําใหประโยคบอกเลา
ใหเปนประโยคปฏิเสธ มีดังนี้
1. ถา verb เปน verb to be ใหใส “not” ไวขางหลัง verb to be เชน
He is a worker. ⇒ He is not a worker.
They are students. ⇒ They are not students.
I am ready. ⇒ I am not ready.
![Page 187: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/187.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th
3
บางครั้งในภาษาพูดหรือภาษาเขียนแบบกันเอง จะใชรูปยอของ verb to be + not เชน
am not ⇒ ’m not
is not ⇒ isn’t
are not ⇒ aren’t
was not ⇒ wasn’t
were not ⇒ weren’t
2. ถาเปน verb อื่นที่ไมใช verb to be เชน arrive, play, like, speak, etc. เมื่อจะทําใหเปนปฎิเสธใช verb to do +
not ขางหนา verb ตัวนั้น เชน
He likes coffee. ⇒ He does not like coffee.
He wanted that pen. ⇒ He did not want that pen.
They work here. ⇒ They do not work here.
They arrived last night. ⇒ They did not arrive last night.
จะเห็นไดวา ถาประธานเปนเอกพจน จะใช does แตถาประธานเปนพหูพจนจะใช do ในประโยค present tense
แตถาเปน past tense จะใช did
verb to do + not ก็มีรูปยอเชนเดียวกัน Verb to be + not เชน
does not ⇒ doesn’t
do not ⇒ don’t
did not ⇒ didn’t
![Page 188: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/188.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th
4
3. ถา verb นั้นมีคําประเภท modal
เชน “will, would, shall, should, can, could, may, might, must”
เมื่อเปนปฏิเสธจะเติม not ขางหลัง modal เชน
He will go there. ⇒ He will not go there.
He can drive. ⇒ He cannot drive.
You should go home now. ⇒ You should not go home now.
ขอยกเวน modal “ought to” เมื่อเปนปฏิเสธจะใส not ขางหลัง “ought” เชน
He ought to help her. ⇒ He ought not to help her.
รูปยอของ modal + not
will not ⇒ won’t
would not ⇒ wouldn’t
shall not ⇒ shan’t
should not ⇒ shouldn’t
cannot ⇒ can’t
could not ⇒ couldn’t
may not ไมนิยมใชรูปยอ
might not ⇒ mightn’t
must not ⇒ mustn’t
need not ⇒ needn’t
ought not to ⇒ oughtn’t to
![Page 189: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/189.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th
5
4. ถา verb นั้นเปน verb to have เมื่อเปนปฏิเสธทําได 2 อยาง
A. เติม not ขางทาย have
B. ใช verb to do + not ขางหนา have เชน
I have some whisky.
I don’t have any whisky.
I haven’t any whisky.
He has some money.
He doesn’t have any money.
He hasn’t any money.
หมายเหตุ จะเห็นไดวา ในกรณีที่ประโยคเดิมใช some
เมื่อเปนปฏิเสธ some จะกลายเปน any
![Page 190: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/190.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th
6
ประโยคคําถามแบบ YES-NO
1. เมื่อ verb เปน verb to be จะยาย “be” มาไวขางหนาประธาน
Verb To Be + Subject + Object?
He is a student. Is he a student?
He was a worker. Was he a worker?
They are coming. Are they coming?
2. เมื่อ verb เปน verb ตัวอื่น จะใช verb to do มาชวย
Verb To Do + Subject + Verb + Object?
He likes tea. Does he like tea?
John studied Chinese. Did John study Chinese?
3. เมื่อประโยคนั้นมี modal อยู จะใชโครงสราง
Modal + Subject + Verb + Object?
She will come to school. Will she come to school?
He can drive a car. Can he drive a car?
I shall go now. Shall I go now?
หมายเหตุ
ถาประโยคเดิมเปนปฏิเสธอยูแลว เมื่อเปลี่ยนเปนคําถามก็จะเปนประโยคคําถามปฏิเสธ
He is not a student.
⇒ Is he not a student?
หรือ Isn’t he a student?
![Page 191: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/191.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th
7
He will not help me.
⇒ Will he not help me?
หรือ Won’t he help me?
He does not drink coffee.
⇒ Does he not drink coffee?
หรือ Doesn’t he drink coffee?
![Page 192: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/192.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Exercise Unit 11 Sentence Construction
A. จงเปลี่ยนประโยคบอกเลาตอไปนี้ใหเปนประโยคปฏิเสธ
1. It is a nice day.
_______________________________________________________.
2. They enjoy Thai food.
_______________________________________________________.
3. Jack was here yesterday.
_______________________________________________________.
4. They usually go home for lunch.
_______________________________________________________.
5. I will take this course.
_______________________________________________________.
6. He has done it.
_______________________________________________________.
7. There are many people in the room.
_______________________________________________________.
8. You should work hard.
_______________________________________________________.
9. We must speak clearly.
_______________________________________________________.
10. I can help you.
_______________________________________________________.
11. My mother gives me some money.
_______________________________________________________.
![Page 193: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/193.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th
2
12. They are having a party this evening.
_______________________________________________________.
13. He handed in his report.
_______________________________________________________.
14. I heard the news at noon.
_______________________________________________________.
15. She plays the piano.
_______________________________________________________.
B. จงเปลี่ยนประโยคบอกเลาตอไปนี้ใหเปนประโยคคําถาม
1. John was making the noise.
______________________________________________________?
2. Tom will sing two songs.
______________________________________________________?
3. You could help me.
______________________________________________________?
4. The cook is preparing the food.
______________________________________________________?
5. The students understand the lesson.
______________________________________________________?
6. Camels live in a desert.
______________________________________________________?
7. He speaks French.
______________________________________________________?
![Page 194: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/194.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th
3
8. I have three shirts.
______________________________________________________?
9. The teacher punished him.
______________________________________________________?
10. We must take the bus.
______________________________________________________?
C. จงเปลี่ยนประโยคปฎิเสธตอไปน้ีใหเปนประโยคคําถาม
1. He couldn’t do it.
______________________________________________________?
2. You don’t like Jane.
______________________________________________________?
3. Rich people don’t help poor people.
______________________________________________________?
4. Jack isn’t working.
______________________________________________________?
5. The teacher didn’t come yesterday.
______________________________________________________?
![Page 195: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/195.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th
4
D. Choose the correct question form for each of the following sentences.
1. John has to leave.
a) Has John to leave? b) To leave has John?
c) John’s to leave? d) John to leave?
2. They will come again.
a) May they come again? b) Would they come again?
c) Do they come again? d) Will they come again?
3. He did his best.
a) Does he do his best? b) Did he do his best?
c) Was his best done? d) Didn’t he do his best?
4. They came too late for the show.
a) When did they come to late? b) Are they coming too late for the show?
c) Did they come too late for the show? d) Do they come too late for the show?
5. She likes coffee.
a) Does she like coffee? b) She likes coffee?
c) She coffee? d) Likes she coffee?
6. He is eating his lunch.
a) Was he eating his lunch? b) Does he eat his lunch?
c) Is his lunch being eaten? d) Is he eating his lunch?
7. He has left already.
a) Did he leave already? b) Has he left already?
c) Has left he already? d) Is he leaving already?
8. We must take the bus.
a) Do we must take the bus? b) Have we taken the bus?
c) Must we take the bus? d) Will we take the bus?
![Page 196: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/196.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th
5
E. Choose the correct negative form for each of the following sentences.
1. He could be wrong.
a) He could be not wrong. b) He could not be wrong.
c) Not he could be wrong d) Could he be not wrong?
2. You must do your homework.
a) You must not do your homework. b) You not must do your homework.
c) You mustn’t do your homework. d) Must you not do your homework?
3. It was a bird.
a) It was a bird not. b) It not was a bird.
c) It was not a bird. d) Not it was a bird.
4. It will be easy to do it.
a) It will be not easy to do it. b) It will be easy to not do it.
c) It will not be easy not to do it. d) It will not be easy to do it.
5. John can do it well.
a) John cannot do it well. b) John couldn’t do it well.
c) John can do it not well. d) Can John not do it well?
6. He has come home from school.
a) He isn’t come home from school. b) He hasn’t come home from school.
c) He had not come home from school. d) Hasn’t he come home from school?
7. You may have one tomorrow.
a) You may have one not tomorrow. b) You may have not one tomorrow.
c) You may not have one tomorrow. d) You mightn’t have one tomorrow.
8. He will arrive tomorrow.
a) He won’t arrive tomorrow. b) He shouldn’t come tomorrow.
c) He shall not come tomorrow. d) He will arrive not tomorrow.
![Page 197: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/197.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th
6
F. Choose the correct response to each of the following question.
1. Can’t you make it work?
a) Yes, I can’t. b) No, I can’t. c) No, I didn’t. d) Yes, I did.
2. Has he told you the news yet?
a) Yes, he has. b) Yes, he had. c) No, he has. d) Yes, he didn’t.
3. Were you able to speak to him?
a) No, I was. b) Yes, I am. c) No, I am not. d) Yes, I was.
4. Would you like a cup of tea?
a) No, I would. b) Yes, I would. c) Yes, I will. d) No, I won’t.
5. How many have you caught?
a) I am having two. b) I catches two. c) I am catching two. d) I have caught two.
6. May I help you?
a) Yes, you may. b) Yes, you might. c) Yes, you mightn’t. d) Yes, may you.
7. Is Bob in his room?
a) Yes, he isn’t. b) No, he is. c) No, he isn’t. d) Yes, he was.
8. Must you finish it?
a) No, I must. b) No, I might not. c) Yes, I may. d) Yes, I must.
9. Do you have to see him?
a) No, I don’t have to. b) Yes, I have. c) No, I don’t have. d) Yes, I do to.
![Page 198: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/198.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Unit 12 Question Tags
Question Tags
เปนรูปแบบของคําถามตอทายประโยค ซึ่งเปนการถามความเห็นของผูฟง กริยาที่อยูในสวนของ tag จะมี tense เดียวกับ
ประโยคที่มาขางหนา Question Tags ที่พบบอยมีลักษณะดังนี้
1. ประโยคขางหนาเปนรูปบอกเลา tag จะเปนรูปปฏิเสธ
It will work, won’t it?
You can drive, can’t you?
We are late, aren’t we?
He plays tennis, doesn’t he?
You saw him, didn’t you?
2. ประโยคขางหนาเปนรูปปฏิเสธ tag จะเปนรูปบอกเลา
It won’t work, will it?
He can’t go, can he?
You didn’t telephone, did you?
We haven’t done it, have we?
3. ประโยคขางหนาเปนรูปบอกเลา tag ก็จะเปนประโยคบอกเลานับเปน tag ชนิดพิเศษผูถามจะใชเพื่อแสดง
ความประหลาดใจ
You’re coming with us, are you?
You went out with John again, did you?
![Page 199: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/199.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th
2
สิ่งที่ควรระวังใน Question Tags:
1. ถาประโยคขางหนามีคําที่มีความหมายปฏิเสธ Tag จะเปนบอกเลา คําที่วานี้ไดแก
hardly, barely, scarcely, rarely, seldom
Jane hardly talked to anyone, did she?
You seldom go there, do you?
2. ถาประธานของประโยคเปนคําตอไปนี้
nobody, anybody, no one, anyone, neither
ใน tag จะใช pronoun “they” และ tag จะเปนบอกเลา เชน
Nobody liked her, did they?
None complained, did they?
Everyone likes her, do they?
หมายเหตุ: ถาเปน Nothing จะใช pronoun “it”
Nothing is done, is it?
3. ถาประธานของประโยคเปน “this/that” ใน tag จะใช “it” และถาเปน “these, those”ใน tag จะใช “they”
That’s a beautiful car, isn’t it?
Those are your books, aren’t they?
4. ในกรณีที่ประโยคมีคําวา “I think/I suppose” นําหนาใจความหลัก ใหดู verb ในใจความหลัก
I think you will help me, won’t you?
I suppose he can’t swim, can he?
![Page 200: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/200.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th
3
5. ในกรณีที่กริยาในประโยคอยูในรูปลดรูป จะตองจดจําใหไดวากริยาตัวเต็มคืออะไร
’d better = had better (ควรจะ)
’d rather = would rather (ชอบมากกวา)
’d do =would do
’d done = had done
6. เมื่อประโยคเปนประโยคคําสั่ง tag จะเปน will you เชน
Stop talking, will you?
Open the window, will you?
Let me do it, will you?
7. เมื่อประโยคขึ้นตนดวย Let’s ใน tag จะใช shall we เชน
Let’s go out, shall we?
Let’s eat, shall we?
![Page 201: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/201.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Exercise Unit 12 Question Tags
A. จงเติม Question Tag ทายประโยคใหถูกตอง
1. He arrived at 10 P.M., ?
2. We should go now, ?
3. Hand in your paper now, ?
4. Let’s go for a walk, ?
5. You weren’t at the meeting, ?
6. It’s cold, ?
7. You’d better read it first, ?
8. Suda hardly goes shopping, ?
9. Nobody works here, ?
10. Those people are waiting for you, ?
11. I think the answer isn’t correct, ?
12. They are going with you, ?
13. That’s not the same book, ?
14. They said they wouldn’t do it, ?
15. Jane used to live here, ?
![Page 202: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/202.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th
2
B. Choose the best answer.
1. I believe you are just fourteen years old, ?
a) do you b) are you c) don’t you d) aren’t you
2. Let him go to the movies tonight, ?
a) will you b) will he c) shall we d) won’t you
3. Peter often has his hair cut on Sundays, ?
a) has he b) does he c) hasn’t he d) doesn’t he
4. We’d better go shopping, ?
a) doesn’t we b) haven’t we c) hadn’t we d) had we
5. That job is hardly suitable for Jane, ?
a) isn’t she b) is it c) isn’t it d) is she
6. Your son is very smart, ?
a) isn’t he b) is he c) does he d) doesn’t he
7. These aren’t your books, ?
a) are you b) are these c) aren’t they d) are they
8. It seems strange, ?
a) seem it b) does it c) doesn’t it d) isn’t it
9. You don’t mind if I sit down, ?
a) don’t you b) do you c) are you d) will you
10. You won’t be late, ?
a) will you b) won’t you c) wouldn’t you d) do you
11. Tomorrow is Sunday, ?
a) will it b) wasn’t it c) isn’t it d) was it
12. He will do it again, ?
a) does he b) will he c) doesn’t he d) won’t he
![Page 203: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/203.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th
3
13. You’d rather stay home, ?
a) hadn’t you b) wouldn’t you c) do you d) have you
14. Do it for me, ?
a) will you b) don’t you c) doesn’t it d) do you
15. He used to play tennis, ?
a) wasn’t he b) was he c) didn’t he d) did he
16. I don’t think you are right, ?
a) aren’t you b) do I c) don’t I d) are you
17. Not many people like Jack, ?
a) don’t they b) do they c) doesn’t he d) does he
18. Open the window, ?
a) will you b) can you c) do you d) don’t you
19. This is your bag, ?
a) is this b) isn’t it c) is it d) isn’t this
20. Those are your students, ?
a) are those b) aren’t those c) are they d) aren’t they
21. Let’s stop talking, ?
a) do we b) won’t we c) shall we d) don’t we
22. Let me have this one, ?
a) will you b) won’t you c) shall we d) shan’t we
23. They rarely go to the market, ?
a) don’t they b) do they c) are they d) aren’t they
24. He’s been to England, ?
a) doesn’t he b) does he c) hasn’t he d) has he
25. The shops close at half past three, ?
a) don’t they b) do they c) aren’t they d) are they
![Page 204: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/204.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th
4
26. There’s something wrong, ?
a) is it b) isn’t it c) is there d) isn’t there
27. Nothing can stop me now, ?
a) can’t it b) can it c) doesn’t it d) does it
28. Don’t forget, ?
a) will you b) won’t you c) do you d) don’t you
29. You can sing, ?
a) can’t you b) can you c) don’t you d) do you
30. Somebody came to see me yesterday, ?
a) didn’t he b) did he c) didn’t they d) did they
![Page 205: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/205.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Unit 13 Passive Voice
รูปของ Passive Voice
โดยทั่วไป กริยารูป Passive Voice คือ
Verb to be + V3
1. สําหรับ Simple present tense ประโยค Passive Voice จะมีโครงสรางดังนี้
ประธาน + {is, are} + ( not ) + V3
Homework is done. (They do homework.)
Clothes are made. (They make clothes.)
Tickets are not sold here. (They do not sell tickets here.)
English is not taught at that school.
(They do not teach English at that school.)
A lot of beer is drunk in this country.
(They drink a lot of beer in this country.)
Letters are sent to England. (They send letters to England.)
2. สําหรับ Past tense ประโยค Passive Voice จะมีโครงสรางดังนี้
ประธาน + {was, were} + ( not ) + V3
The window was not broken. (They did not break the window.)
She was given a cat. (Someone gave her a cat.)
Pictures were taken. (They took pictures.)
Mistakes were made. (They made mistakes.)
The house was built. (They built the house.)
A letter was received. (He received a letter.)
![Page 206: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/206.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 2
3. สําหรับ Present Continuous Tense ประโยค Passive Voice จะมีโครงสรางดังนี้
ประธาน + {is, are} + ( not) + being + V3
The bridge is not being repaired. (They are not repairing the bridge.)
The dishes are being washed. (She is washing the dishes.)
Your children are being looked after. (Someone is looking after your children.)
The room is being painted now. (He is painting the room now.)
4. สําหรับ Future Tense ประโยค Passive Voice จะมีโครงสรางดังนี้
ประธาน + will + ( not ) + be + V3
This package will be sent to Japan. (He will send this package to Japan.)
Questions will be asked. (They will ask questions.)
The books will be bought. (They will buy the books.)
These letters will not be typed. (She will not type these letters.)
The radio will not be repaired. (He will not repair the radio.)
5. สําหรับ Present Perfect Tense ประโยค Passive Voice จะมีโครงสรางดังนี้
ประธาน + {have, has} + ( not ) + been + V3
I have not been told the news. (They have not told me the news.)
The books have been sent to England.
(They have sent the books to England.)
An elephant has been seen in the streets.
(They have seen an elephant in the streets.)
![Page 207: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/207.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 3
Some coffee has been brought. (She has brought some coffee.)
The lamps have been bought. (They have bought the lamps.)
6. รูปประโยค Passive Voice เมื่อใชกับ modals ตาง ๆ มีลักษณะดังนี้
ประธาน + modal + ( not ) + be + V3
These windows must be shut. (You must shut these windows.)
These letters should be typed. (They should type these letters.)
This cake can be eaten. (You can eat this cake.)
This car cannot be sold. (You cannot sell this car.)
The books must be returned tomorrow.
(They must return the books tomorrow.)
Cars must not be parked here. (People must not park cars here.)
Books may not be taken outside. (People may not take books outside.)
Food may be cooked in this kitchen. (People may cook food in this kitchen.)
ตารางเปรียบเทียบโครงสราง Active Voice และ Passive Voice ของกริยาที่อยูใน Tense ตาง ๆ
Tense Active Voice Passive Voice
Simple Present keeps/keep is/are kept
Present Continuous is/are keeping is/are being kept
Simple Past kept was/were kept
Past Continuous was/were keeping was/were being kept
Present Perfect has/have kept has/have been kept
Future will keep will be kept
![Page 208: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/208.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 4
ตามธรรมดา ประโยคที่เปน Passive Voice จะไมกลาวถึงผูกระทํา (agent) และ มักจะละ agent ถาผูกระทําเปน
สรรพนามบุรุษ ตาง ๆ เชน he, they, we, she หรือเปนคําจําพวก somebody, someone, people ซึ่งไมระบุวาเปนใครโดย
เฉพาะในกรณีที่มีการระบุผูกระทํา (agent) จะใชบุพบท by นําหนา เชน
This picture was painted by Picasso.
That book was written by Krisana.
Penicillin was discovered by Fleming.
The helicopter was piloted by Mary.
Mary towns were destroyed by the earthquake.
![Page 209: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/209.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Exercise Unit 13 Passive Voice
A. จงเปลี่ยนประโยค Active Voice ตอไปนี้ใหเปน Passive Voice
1. They took the car.
____________________________________________________.
2. I will buy the house.
____________________________________________________.
3. She wrote the letter.
____________________________________________________.
4. They have made mistakes.
____________________________________________________.
5. They will not build the house.
____________________________________________________.
6. She has cut the cake.
____________________________________________________.
7. They did the work.
____________________________________________________.
8. He lost the books.
____________________________________________________.
9. They will not remember Fred.
____________________________________________________.
10. You can’t take drinks out of the bar.
____________________________________________________.
11. You may drink that milk.
____________________________________________________.
![Page 210: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/210.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 2
12. They are mailing the letters.
____________________________________________________.
13. You should invite Pee Kong to the party.
____________________________________________________.
14. Did you wash the dishes?
____________________________________________________.
15. Have you read the book?
____________________________________________________.
16. They rang the bell.
____________________________________________________.
17. Did you type the letter?
____________________________________________________.
18. They will sell the cars.
____________________________________________________.
19. You must follow instructions.
____________________________________________________.
20. He is repairing the television set.
____________________________________________________.
![Page 211: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/211.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 3
B. จงเปลี่ยนประโยค Passive Voice ตอไปนี้เปน Active Voice
The books were taken by John. เปน John took the books.
1. The boxes were mailed today by Kanya.
____________________________________________________.
2. Our homework is corrected by our teacher.
____________________________________________________.
3. Two buildings have been built by that company.
____________________________________________________.
4. That room was not cleaned carefully by them.
____________________________________________________.
5. The truck is being driven by Tim.
____________________________________________________.
6. The machine was checked by John.
____________________________________________________.
7. This book was written by Arjarn Vichit.
____________________________________________________.
8. Those books were returned to the library by them.
____________________________________________________.
9. Was the cake eaten by Somchai?
____________________________________________________.
10. Has the food been brought by the cook?
____________________________________________________.
![Page 212: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/212.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 4
C. จงเปลี่ยนกริยาในวงเล็บใหมี Tense ท่ีถูกตอง และมีรูป Active หรือ Passive Voice ท่ีถูกตองดวย
1. Everyone (shock) by the news yesterday.
____________________________________________________.
2. English (teach) in the schools of almost every country.
____________________________________________________.
3. Richard (teach) at that school since 1980.
____________________________________________________.
4. Nida (borrow) the money from Suda two weeks ago.
____________________________________________________.
5. Who (prepare) the food for the picnic next Sunday?
____________________________________________________.
6. A new book (publish) by that company next month.
____________________________________________________.
7. I (know) Pannee for a few years.
____________________________________________________.
8. Those pictures (take) by Danai last summer.
____________________________________________________.
9. Milk should (keep) in a refrigerator all the time.
____________________________________________________.
10. The boy cried because he (beat) by his father.
____________________________________________________.
![Page 213: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/213.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 5
D. ตอไปนี้เปนการบรรยายวิธีทําขนมปง จงเปลี่ยนกริยาในวงเล็บใหเปน Passive Voice และอยูในรูป Simple Present
Tense.
First, all the yeast, flour and water or milk (1.mix). The mixture (2.put) in a warm
place to rise for about three hours. After the rising process has been completed, the dough
(3.divide) into pieces and shaped. The divided dough (4.leave) to rise again for a short time.
Then it (5.bake) in an oven at about 450 F for an hour. After the bread has been baked, it
(6.remove) from the oven to cool. Finally, it (7.slice) and (8.wrap) in paper or plastic film.
1. ___________________
2. ___________________
3. ___________________
4. ___________________
5. ___________________
6. ___________________
7. ___________________
8. ___________________
![Page 214: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/214.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 6
E. Choose the best answer.
1. Everyone ___________ by the bad news yesterday.
a) is shocked b) shocked c) was shocked d) will shock
2. Almost everyone ___________ the concert last night.
a) enjoyed b) was enjoyed c) enjoys d) will enjoy
3. English ___________ in the schools in almost every country today.
a) teaches b) was taught c) taught d) is taught
4. The accident ____________ here at 9:30 p.m. last night.
a) happened b) will happen c) was happened d) happens
5. Mr. Johnson __________ the class into two groups tomorrow.
a) will be divided b) divided c) will divide d) divides
6. The report _____________ by the committee yet.
a) has not examined b) has not been examined
c) is not examined d) was not examined
7. That old house ____________ in the year 1949.
a) was built b) built c) is built d) will build
8. All her valuable jewelry _____________ last night.
a) stole b) is stolen c) was stolen d) steals
9. “Where did you get this silver tray?”
“It ___________ to us by our children.”
a) was given b) was giving c) given d) gave
10. This play _________ next Saturday night?
a) will perform b) will be performed
c) is performing d) was performed
11. I saw a giant stuffed crocodile yesterday. It _____________ to the museum.
a) will be carried b) carried c) was carrying d) was carried
![Page 215: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/215.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 7
12. Students who fail ___________ another chance to take the exam next month.
a) will be given b) will give c) give d) are giving
13. A telephone ______________ in my office next week.
a) is installing b) will install c) will be installed d) was installed
14. The robbers _____________ by the police last Sunday.
a) arrested b) arrest c) will be arrested d) were arrested
15. He ____________ in a car accident.
a) was killed b) killed c) killing d) kills
16. Our debating team _____________ three times this year.
a) defeats b) has defeated c) is defeated d) has been defeated
17. English _____________ in many countries all over the world.
a) speaks b) spoke c) is spoken d) is speaking
18. He __________ by the policeman with a revolver.
a) was shot b) shoots c) shot d) is shooting
19. The room ____________ beautiful by an interior decorator.
a) made b) was made c) was making d) makes
20. The vegetables _______________. What shall I do now?
a) cut up b) are cutting up c) are cut up d) is cut up
![Page 216: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/216.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Unit 14 Direct and Indirect Speech
ลองอานบทสนทนาขางลางนี้กอน
Linda: I like fried chicken.
Ying: I like it, too.
Danai: What did Linda say?
Richard: She said she liked fried chicken.
Danai: And what did Ying say?
Richard: She said she liked it, too.
ขอความที่ Linda และ Ying กลาวออกมาจริง ๆ เรียกวา “Direct Speech” สวนขอความที่ Richard เลาให Danai
ฟงเกี่ยวกับคําพูดของ Linda และ Ying เรียกวา “Indirect Speech” or “Reported Speech”
ตัวอยางอื่น ๆ
1. He said, “I am sick.”
He said (that) he was sick.
2. “I am sick,” he said.
He said (that) he was sick.
3. She said, “Where is John going?”
She asked where John was going.
4. “Is Suda sick?” Winai said.
Winai asked if (or whether) Suda was sick.
5. Nantha said, “I’m doing my homework.”
Nantha said (that) she was doing her homework.
![Page 217: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/217.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 2
6. Tom said to Wipa, “When will you go to school?”
Tom asked Wipa when she would go to school.
7. John said to Pranee, “Speak English”
John told Pranee to speak English.
การเปล่ียนประโยคจาก Direct Speech เปน Indirect Speech จะมีการเปลี่ยนรูป Tense ตามกฎ
Direct Speech Indirect Speech
Simple Present
He said, “I like meat.”
Simple Past
He said that he liked meat.
Present Continuous
“I’m waiting for Pilai,” he said.
Past Continuous
He said that he was waiting for Pilai.
Present Perfect
“I have bought a car,” he said.
Past Perfect
He said that he had bought a car.
Simple Past
She said, “I ate the cake.”
Past Perfect
She said that she had eaten the cake.
Future Tense
She said, “Tom will arrive on Tuesday.”
Condition
She said that Tom would arrive on
Tuesday.
![Page 218: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/218.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 3
การเปล่ียนประโยคจาก Direct Speech เปน Indirect Speech มี 3 ลักษณะ คือ
1. ในกรณีที่ประโยค Direct Speech เปนประโยคบอกเลา (Statement) กริยาในประโยค Indirect Speech มักจะใช
say (Said)
Chinda said, “I want to see Wimon.”
Chinda said that she wanted to see Wimon.
“Suda is not working hard,” The teacher said.
The teacher said that Suda was not working hard.
Nantha said, “Somsak has gone to England.”
Nantha said that Somsak had gone to England.
“Wichai sold his car,” Samorn said.
Samorn said that Wichai had sold his car.
“The children will go camping,” Mrs. Smith said.
Mrs. Smith said that the children would go camping.
2. ในกรณีที่ประโยค Direct Speech เปนประโยคคําถาม (Questions) กริยาในประโยค Indirect Speech มักจะใช
Ask (Asked)
A. เปน Yes-No Questions คือ คําถามที่จะตองตอบวา Yes หรอื No ประโยค Indirect Speech จะใช “asked if
or asked whether”
“Are you studying hard?” He said to me.
He asked me if I was studying hard.
![Page 219: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/219.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 4
“Are you unhappy?” Tom asked Linda.
Tom asked Linda whether she was unhappy.
“Can you cook?” Nantha asked Marry.
Nantha asked Mary if she could cook.
Malee asked Chitra, “Do you know Linda?”
Malee asked Chitra whether she knew Linda.
B. เปนคําถามที่ขึ้นตนดวย Question Words (คือ what, when, who, where, how, why) ไมตองใส that
หรือ if อีก ใหใช Question Words ตามหลังกริยา Ask ไดเลย
“What time does the bus leave?” Somsak asked Suda.
Somsak asked Suda what time the bus left.
Paul said to Tom, “How many cigarettes do you smoke a day?”
Paul asked Tom how many cigarettes he smoked a day.
Kanya said to Ratree, “What does Pranee like?”
Kanya asked Ratree what Pranee liked.
“How much is the bag?” Sunan asked.
Sunan asked how much the bag was.
Derek said to Wilai, “Why is Damrong sad?”
Derek asked Wilai why Damrong was sad.
![Page 220: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/220.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 5
หมายเหตุ:- สังเกตไดวาประโยค Indirect Speech ที่มาจากประโยคคําถาม จะมีวิธีเรียงคําแตกตาง จากประโยค
คําถามที่เปน Direct Speech คือ
ประโยค Indirect Speech แบบนี้ ประธานมากอนกริยาเหมือนประโยคบอกเลา ไมตองสลับที่ประธานและกริยาและ
ไมตองใช Verb to do มาเปนกริยาชวยแบบประโยคคําถามที่เปน Direct Speech
Indirect Speech: He asked what time the bus left.
Direct Speech: He asked, “What time does the bus leave?”
3. ในกรณีที่ประโยค Direct Speech เปนประโยคคําสั่ง (Commands) กริยาในประโยค Indirect Speech มักจะใช
Tell (Told)
He said, “Lie down, Tom”
He told Tom to lie down.
She said, “Get your coat, Susan.”
She told Susan to get her coat.
“Turn on the lights,” John said to Paul.
John told Paul to turn on the lights.
“Don’t be late, “Nida told Pilai.
Nida told Pilai not to be late.
Anong said to her brother, “Open the window.”
Anong told her brother to open the window.
![Page 221: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/221.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Exercise Unit 14 Direct and Indirect Speech
A. จงเปลี่ยนประโยคตอไปน้ีใหเปน Indirect Speech
1. “I have two pens,” my friend said.
______________________________________________________.
2. Ann said to me, “I know Tim.”
______________________________________________________.
3. Wichit said, “I don’t want to study geography.”
______________________________________________________.
4. Bob said, “I’m going to hire a car.”
______________________________________________________.
5. Malee said, “Winai will go to England.”
______________________________________________________.
6. “Chinda is a very good girl,” Anon said.
______________________________________________________.
7. “Your children are lovely,” Tom said to Betty.
______________________________________________________.
8. “Sit next to Winai,” Udom told Sanan.
______________________________________________________.
9. Nipa said to her sister, “Buy me a new pen.”
______________________________________________________.
10. The teacher told Wichit, “Work harder.”
______________________________________________________.
11. “I have eaten the oranges,” Titima said.
______________________________________________________.
![Page 222: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/222.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 2
12. “Where does Suda live?” Chitra asked Pimon.
______________________________________________________.
13. Rewat asked his friends, “Who has a car?”
______________________________________________________.
14. “How many shirts do you have?” Boonchai said to Wichit.
______________________________________________________.
15. The salesman said, “The blue car is the best.”
______________________________________________________.
16. “Does Tom do his homework?” Bob asked me.
______________________________________________________.
17. “How do you go to work?” Derek asked Wiwan.
______________________________________________________.
18. “When do you get up?” Pramote said to Anan.
______________________________________________________.
19. “I don’t like watching television,” Weena said.
______________________________________________________.
20. Srisuda asked the shopkeeper, “Are the oranges good?”
______________________________________________________.
![Page 223: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/223.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 3
B. Choose the indirect speech sentence, which is the most appropriate with the given direct
speech sentence.
1. “What are you doing?” the policeman said to me.
a) The policeman asked if what I was doing.
b) The policeman asked what I was doing.
c) The policeman asked me what was I doing.
d) The policeman said to me what I was doing.
2. He said, “Get out of my house immediately.”
a) He told me to get out of his house immediately.
b) He told me that I get out of his house immediately.
c) He told me to get out of my house immediately.
d) He said that I got out of his house immediately.
3. “Do you want to buy anything?” she asked him.
a) She asked him did he want to buy anything.
b) She asked him that did he want to buy anything.
c) She asked him if did he want to buy anything.
d) She asked him if he wanted to buy anything.
4. She said to me, “I am glad to see you.”
a) She said to me that she was glad to see me.
b) She said I was glad to see you.
c) She said to me that she is glad to see you.
d) She said that she is glad to see me.
![Page 224: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/224.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 4
5. “Please open the window,” he said to me.
a) He said to me open the window.
b) He ordered me to open the window.
c) He asked me to open the window.
d) He told me please open the window.
6. “Don’t you like Peter ?” I said to Carol.
a) I said to Carol doesn’t she like Peter.
b) I asked Carol if she didn’t like Peter.
c) I asked Carol that didn’t she like Peter.
d) I said to Carol if didn’t she like Peter.
7. He said to his son, “Don’t turn on the radio.”
a) He said to his son that he didn’t turn on the radio.
b) He told his son not to turn on the radio.
c) He told to his son not to turn on the radio.
d) He told his son that not to turn on the radio.
8. She said, “I’ll go shopping.”
a) She said she’ll go shopping. b) She said she should go shopping.
c) She said she would go shopping. d) She said I’ll go shopping.
9. “We’re going to the Cinema,” they said.
a) They said that we were going to the cinema.
b) They said they are going to the cinema.
c) They said we are going to the cinema.
d) They said they were going to the cinema.
10. He asked me, “Can you play tennis?”
a) He asked me if I could play tennis. b) He asked me if you could play tennis.
c) He asked me that I can play tennis. d) He asked me that I play tennis.
![Page 225: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/225.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 5
11. “Where do you want to go for your holiday?”
a) John said to Mary where did she want to go for her holiday.
b) John asked Mary where she wanted to go for her holiday.
c) John asked Mary that where she wants to go for her holiday.
d) John said to Mary where you wanted to go for your holiday.
12. She said to me, “What is your name?”
a) She asked me what my name was. b) She said to me what was my name.
c) She asked me what was my name. d) She said to me what my name was.
13. They said to me, “Do you like our house?”
a) They said to me if I like their house. b) They said to me if I liked our house.
c) They asked me if I like our house. d) They asked me if I liked their house.
14. “Stand up,” he said to the boys.
a) He said to the boys stand up.
b) He told the boys to stand up.
c) He told the boys that they stand up.
d) He said to the boys that they should stand up.
15. Piboon said, “I am a doctor.”
a) Piboon said that he was a doctor. b) Piboon said that I was a doctor.
c) Piboon told he was a doctor. d) Piboon told that he is a doctor.
16. “I’ll buy a present for him,” I said to Chitra.
a) I told to Chitra that I would buy a present for him.
b) I told Chitra that I would buy a present for him.
c) I said to Chitra that I’ll buy a present for him.
d) I said to Chitra that I would buy a present for her.
![Page 226: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/226.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 6
17. He said to me, “I want to go with you.”
a) He told me that he wanted to go with me.
b) He said to me that I wanted to go with you.
c) He told me that he wants to go with me.
d) He said to me that he wanted to go with you.
18. “Does Paul want to go to England?” Jill said to me.
a) Jill asked me that Paul wants to go to England.
b) Jill asked me did Paul want to go to England.
c) Jill asked me if Paul wanted to go to England.
d) Jill said to me if Paul wants to go to England.
19. “Please lend me some money,” Suda said to Winai.
a) Suda said to Winai to lend me some money.
b) Suda asked Winai if he lent her some money.
c) Suda said to Winai please lend her some money.
d) Suda asked Winai to lend her some money.
20. “Don’t ask me too many questions,” she said to her daughter.
a) She said to her daughter not to ask me too many questions.
b) She told her daughter to ask her too many questions.
c) She told her daughter not to ask her too many questions.
d) She said to her daughter not to ask her too many questions.
21. “I’ve broken your glass,” Tim said to me.
a) Tim told me that he had broken my glass.
b) Tim said to me that I have broken your glass.
c) Tim said to me that he has broken my glass.
d) Tim told me that he has broken my glass.
![Page 227: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/227.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 7
22. “I saw your father yesterday,” he said to me.
a) He said to me that he saw my father the day before.
b) He said to me that he has seen my father yesterday.
c) He told me that he had seen my father the previous day.
d) He told me that he saw your father the previous day.
23. Wipa said to him, “I want you to return my book now.”
a) Wipa said to him that I wanted him to return my book now.
b) Wipa told him that she wanted him to return her book now.
c) Wipa said to him that she wants him to return my book then.
d) Wipa told him that she wanted him to return her book then.
24. “I’ll go to Songkhla with my parents next week,” Santi said to Danai.
a) Santi told Danai that he will go to Songkhla with his parents next week.
b) Santi told Danai that he would go to Songkhla with his parents the following week.
c) Santi said to Danai that he will go to Songkhla with my parents next week.
d) Santi said to Danai that he would go to Songkhla with his parents next week.
25. Bill said to Helen, “Please give this book to your sister today.”
a) Bill said to Helen that she gives this book to her sister today.
b) Bill told Helen that she would give that book to her sister today.
c) Bill asked Helen to give that book to her sister that day.
d) Bill told Helen to give that book to your sister that day.
![Page 228: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/228.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Unit 15 Conditional Sentences
Conditional Sentence
คือ ประโยคสมมติเหตุการณ หรือ การกระทํานั้นยังไมเกิดขึ้นจริง ๆ แตอาจจะเกิดขึ้นหรือไมเกิดขึ้นก็ได Conditional
Sentence ประกอบดวย 2 สวน คือ if-clause และ main clause
If it rains, I shall stay at home.
“If it rains” เปน if-clause
“I shall stay at home” เปน main-clause
รูปแบบตาง ๆ ของ if-clause และ main-clause
1. If + Present Tense, Future Tense
If he runs, he will get there quickly.
If you are rude, she will get angry.
The cat will scratch you if you pull its tail.
Ladda will go with you if you ask her.
If you don’t study hard, you won’t pass the examination.
2. If + Present Tense, may/ may not + V1
If it rains, I may not go out.
If Kanya is lazy, she may fail the final examination.
If Danai comes late, we may not wait for him.
He may not come if you don’t ask him.
![Page 229: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/229.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 2
3. If + Present Tense, can/ cannot + V1
If it stops raining, we can go out
If she is ill, she can’t come.
They cannot go if their parents do not give them any money.
We can do it if you teach us.
If you are ready, you can leave now.
4. If + Present Tense, must/ should or must not/ should not + V1
if you want to lose weight, you must/ should eat less bread.
If you are ill, you must/ should go to see the doctor.
You should warn him if he behaves badly.
You must go now if you don’t want to miss the bus.
5. If + Present Tense, ประโยคคําสั่ง (V1)
If it is cold, close the window.
If you want to lose weight, eat less bread.
Turn on the light if it’s dark.
Take the umbrella if it rains.
![Page 230: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/230.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 3
6. If + Present Tense, Present Tense
If you heat ice, it turns to water.
If the weather is bad, John seldom drives to work.
Trees grow well if it rains regularly.
If he gets up early, he always goes for a walk.
If it does not rain, farmers always complain.
A teacher is always happy if his students study hard.
ใช Present Tense ทั้งใน if-clause และใน main-clause เมื่อกลาวถึงสิ่งที่เกิดขึ้นเปนประจําเสมอ
หมายเหตุ:-
ตําแหนงของ if-clause และ main-clause สลับที่กันได ดังนี้ ถา if-clause อยูขางหนานิยมใชเครื่องหมาย
comma (,) คั่น if-clause และ main-clause แตถา main-clause อยูขางหนา ไมตองใส comma
เชน If it rains, I won’t go out.
หรือ I won’t go out if it rains.
![Page 231: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/231.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 4
7. Condition Sentences อีกแบบหนึ่งที่ควรรูจัก คือ ประโยคสมมติที่มีโครงสรางดังนี ้
If-clause Main-clause
Past Tense Conditional Tense (would/ could/ might)
ประโยคสมมติชนิดนี้มีวิธีใชดังตอไปนี้
1. ใชเชนเดียวกับประโยคสมมติประเภทแรกที่ไดกลาวมาแลวขางตน คือใชกับการสมมติเกี่ยวกับปจจุบันและอนาคต
If I had a car, I would lend it to you.
If someone tried to break into my house, I would tell the police.
2. ใชสมมติในเรื่องที่เปนไปไมไดในปจจุบันหรืออนาคต
If I were you, I would plant a lot of trees in the garden.
If I were a millionaire, I would give you some money.
If he were the Prime Minister, he would help the farmers.
หมายเหต ุ:- จะสังเกตเห็นวาประโยคสมมติแบบนี้ ถากริยาใน if-clause เปน verb to be มักนิยมใช were แทน was
เมื่อประธานเปน I, he, she, it หรือคํานามเอกพจน ที่ทําหนาที่เปนประธานของประโยค เชน John, Mary, the boy, the
weather เปนตน
3. ใชสมมติในเรื่องที่ตรงขามกับความเปนจริงในปจจุบัน
If I lived near my office, I would come to work early.
If I had a lot of money, I would buy a new house.
If he loved her, he would marry her.
![Page 232: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/232.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Exercise Unit 15 Conditional Sentences
A. จงเปลี่ยนประโยคสมมติตอไปนี้ใหเปนประโยคปฎิเสธ
Example:
Wichai will learn English if he goes to class.
Wichai will not learn English if he does not go to class.
1. If Mary comes early, she can help us.
_____________________________________________________.
2. The baby will wake up if you turn on the radio.
_____________________________________________________.
3. He will be upset if she goes away again.
_____________________________________________________.
4. She will tell him to go on a diet if he gets fat.
_____________________________________________________.
5. If Kanya writes to Winai soon, she can tell him the news.
_____________________________________________________.
6. If he drives fast, there may be an accident.
_____________________________________________________.
7. If the weather forecast is correct, it may rain tomorrow.
_____________________________________________________.
8. If you help them, they will give you some money.
_____________________________________________________.
9. They will wait for him if he comes early.
_____________________________________________________.
10. If Mary wants Tom to visit her, she should tell him her address.
_____________________________________________________.
![Page 233: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/233.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 2
B. จงเปลี่ยนคํากริยาในวงเล็บใหมีรูป Tense ท่ีถูกตอง
Example
I shall go shopping if it (not, rain).
I shall go shopping if it does not rain.
1. If Don (use) an alarm clock, he will wake up early.
_____________________________________________________.
2. Bill may go to the party if he (receive) an invitation.
_____________________________________________________.
3. Pornchai will sleep better if he (not, drink) so much beer.
_____________________________________________________.
4. John will eat at the Chinese restaurant if it (be) cheap there.
_____________________________________________________.
5. If Dara (listen) to her teacher, she may make fewer mistakes.
_____________________________________________________.
6. If Danai (want) to speak to Wilai urgently, he must telephone her.
_____________________________________________________.
7. My brother can use my car if he (promise) to drive it carefully.
_____________________________________________________.
8. If Ann (tell) Jim where she lives, he may visit her.
_____________________________________________________.
9. I will like Mary if she (not, be) selfish.
_____________________________________________________.
10. Thira won’t wear that shirt if it (not, suit) him.
_____________________________________________________.
![Page 234: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/234.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 3
C. จงเปลี่ยนคํากริยาในวงเล็บใหมีรูปที่ถูกตอง (future tense หรือ modal เชน can, may, must, should)
Example
If he works hard, he (make) a lot of money.
If he works hard, he will make a lot of money.
1. If Ladda dresses well, Wichai (be) interested in her.
_____________________________________________________.
2. If there is no bus, we (not, go) to Chonburi.
_____________________________________________________.
3. Peter (not, take) a holiday if he has too much work to do.
_____________________________________________________.
4. I (not, telephone) Suda if I don’t know her telephone number.
_____________________________________________________.
5. If Sakda speaks English well, he (visit) the United States.
_____________________________________________________.
6. Tom (not, buy) that coat if he doesn’t have enough money.
_____________________________________________________.
7. If Nathee does not do the job, I (do) it myself.
_____________________________________________________.
8. If Santi goes to New York next month, he (go) by plane.
_____________________________________________________.
9. If you want to get that job, you (take) a computer course.
_____________________________________________________.
10. Nida (get) good marks in the exam if she works hard.
_____________________________________________________.
![Page 235: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/235.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 4
D. จงจับคู if-clause และ main-clause ใหถูกตอง
If Clause
________ 1. If Nipa invites me,
________ 2. If the weather is good,
________ 3. If you see Montha,
________ 4. If Linda does not like this blouse,
________ 5. If the train leaves on time,
________ 6. If he does not take the umbrella,
________ 7. If you are not careful,
________ 8. If I make that mistake again,
________ 9. If she studies these lessons carefully,
________ 10. If you get lost in this city,
Main clause
a. can she return it to the shop?
b. you may have an accident.
c. please tell her the news
d. you should ask a policeman for help.
e. I may go to the party.
f. she will pass the examination.
g. we will go on a picnic tomorrow.
h. he will get wet.
i. the teacher will get angry.
j. we will get there before midnight.
![Page 236: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/236.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 5
E. จงเปลี่ยนกริยาในวงเล็บใหมีรูปที่ถูกตอง
If I (have) a holiday tomorrow, I would go to the beach.
If I had a holiday tomorrow, I would go to the beach.
1. If I (be) the mayor of this city, I would change many things.
_______________________________________________________.
2. If Somchai (work) harder, he could earn more money.
_______________________________________________________.
3. I would tell you the answer if I (know) it myself.
_______________________________________________________.
4. If John and I (have) enough money, we would buy a new car.
_______________________________________________________.
5. If the weather (be) better tomorrow, we could go to Pattaya.
_______________________________________________________.
6. Som would get higher marks if he (study) harder.
_______________________________________________________.
7. People (understand) you better if you spoke more clearly.
_______________________________________________________.
8. If I were in your place, I (accept) Mr. Jackson’s offer.
_______________________________________________________.
9. If Mr. Johnson called me, I (explain) everything to him.
_______________________________________________________.
10. If Jane had more free time, she (play) tennis with us every day.
_______________________________________________________.
![Page 237: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/237.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 6
F. Choose the best answer.
1. If the telephone ______________, please answer it.
a) rang b) rings c) is ringing d) has rung
2. If you __________, I shall be very angry.
a) weren’t going b) don’t go c) won’t go d) hadn’t gone
3. If you like this new dress, ______________ it to you.
a) I had given b) I’ve given c) I’ll give d) I gave
4. If my father were here, he ______________ what to do.
a) has known b) will know c) know d) would know
5. If she told the truth, they __________ her.
a) would forgive b) forgive c) have forgiven d) were forgiving
6. If you ___________ the car today, I will repair it for you.
a) brought b) bring c) will bring d) were bringing
7. If my father were richer, he ___________ a new house.
a) will buy b) is going to buy c) would buy d) has bought
8. If I _________ the king, you would be my queen.
a) was b) were c) am d) will be
9. You will see an elephant if you ___________ out of the window.
a) will look b) have looked c) looked d) look
10. I ___________ if I were you.
a) would hurry up b) hurry up
c) will hurry up d) am hurrying up
11. You would be invited to more parties if you ____________ more often.
a) smile b) will smile c) smiled d) are smiling
12. If you ____________ promotion, you must work hard.
a) wanted b) want c) will want d) may want
![Page 238: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/238.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 7
13. If I were younger, I ___________ go with you.
a) shall b) will c) may d) would
14. If Mary ______________ the dinner, we would eat it.
a) were b) will c) may d) would
15. If you were left alone on a desert island, what __________ you do?
a) may b) will c) would d) shall
16. If a big bear ___________ towards you, you should pretend to be dead.
a) will come b) come c) may come d) would come
17. If they ___________ to help you, you should not reject their offer.
a) want b) had wanted c) will want d) are wanting
18. She would cry if she ____________ the truth.
a) knows b) knew c) may know d) was knowing
19. The boss _____________ get angry with you if you came late.
a) can b) may c) will d) would
20. If you ___________ hurry up, you may miss the bus.
a) won’t b) can’t c) don’t d) shouldn’t
21. If you ___________ eating a lot of chocolate, you’ll be overweight.
a) continue b) continued c) will continue d) must continue
22. You’ll lose weight if you ___________ too hard.
a) are working b) had worked c) work d) worked
23. If he __________ too much, he’ll be ill again.
a) had exercised b) exercised c) exercising d) exercises
24. If John ate more, he ______________ be stronger.
a) may b) would c) must d) will
25. If the doctor ___________, he would give up smoking.
a) insisted b) is insisting c) insists d) have insisted
![Page 239: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/239.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 8
26. If you ______________ the doctor’s advice, you may be ill.
a) aren’t taking b) didn’t take c) haven’t taken d) don’t take
27. If I _________ him, I wouldn’t work so hard.
a) were b) am c) was d) have been
28. If they were your children, how ___________ you bring them up?
a) may b) will c) do d) would
29. If you __________ time, would you take up yoga?
a) are having b) have had c) had d) have
30. If I ___________ enough sleep, I will be irritable.
a) don’t get b) am not getting c) didn’t get d) hadn’t gotten
![Page 240: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/240.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Unit 16 Noun Clause
Noun Clause
คือ อนุประโยคที่ทําหนาที่เชนเดียวกับคํานาม คือสามารถเปนประธาน และ กรรมของประโยค Noun Clauses แบงเปน
พวกใหญ ๆ 2 ชนิด คือ
1. Noun Clauses ที่นําหนาดวย Question Words จําพวก what, when, where, why, who, whose, which,
how much, how many เปนตน
2. Noun Clauses ที่นําหนาดวย that เรียกวา that-clause
Noun Clauses ชนิดที่นําหนาดวย Question Words
a) ทําหนาที่เปนประธาน
What he is doing annoys me.
What she has said makes him angry.
How he disappeared was a mystery.
b) ทําหนาที่เปนกรรม
He does not know how many shirts he has.
I asked her who borrowed her car.
Suda always believes what Thada says.
I want to know why he did not come yesterday.
Don’t ask me who took your pen.
Do you know how I can go to Yala?
Please tell me what it is.
Can you tell me when I will get the book back?
![Page 241: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/241.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 2
หมายเหตุ:
(1) Noun Clauses จะเปนกรรมของกริยาที่ตามปกติตองมีกรรมมาตอทาย เชน know, tell, believe เปนตน
(2) การเรียงลําดับคําใน noun clauses ที่ขึ้นตนดวย Question Words นั้นมีการเรียงคําแบบประโยคบอกเลา คือ
Question Word + Subject + Verb + Object
Noun Clause ชนิดที่นําหนาดวย that
a) ทําหนาที่เปนประธาน
That he loves her is obvious.
(= It is obvious that he loves her.)
That he did not come to my party was surprising.
(= It was surprising that he did not come to my party.)
b) ทําหนาที่เปนกรรม
She always says that he is a good man.
They believe that he is a robber.
He said that you stole his money.
I have heard that Nipat has a new car.
Remember that we have to leave before six o’clock.
![Page 242: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/242.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Exercise Unit 16 Noun Clause
A. จงเปลี่ยนประโยคคําถามใหเปน Noun Clauses โดยตัดคําบางคําทิ้งหรือเรียงลําดับคําใหม
Example
When do you want this book?
I want to know when you want this book.
1. How much is this shirt?
Please tell me _________________________________________.
2. Where will you study next year?
I want to ask you _________________________________________.
3. Why is Sirima sad?
Bancha wants to know ____________________________________.
4. How many people came to his party?
I don’t know _________________________________________.
5. How much money does Susan need?
Do you know _________________________________________?
6. Where can I buy this T-shirt?
I want to know _________________________________________?
7. Whose car is this?
Do you remember ________________________________________.
8. How can I go to Yala?
Please tell me _________________________________________.
9. What is his job?
I want to know _________________________________________.
![Page 243: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/243.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 2
10. Who took John’s car?
I don’t know _________________________________________.
11. Who is that man?
Please tell me _________________________________________.
12. Where does Winai live?
I can’t remember ________________________________________.
B. จงเติมประโยคแรกลงในประโยคที่สองใหถูกตอง
Example
a. I can go tomorrow.
b. I don’t think that I can go tomorrow.
1. We have to finish this work tomorrow.
Do you remember that ____________________________________?
2. You didn’t like that movie.
I think that _____________________________________________.
3. Suthee is an honest man.
Everybody believes that ___________________________________.
4. The exam will be difficult.
The teacher says that _____________________________________.
5. He had a lot of money.
We didn’t know that ______________________________________.
6. They will come back soon.
We hope that ____________________________________________.
![Page 244: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/244.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 3
7. He is very busy.
His secretary said that _____________________________________.
8. He will agree with us.
Do you think that ________________________________________?
9. You have to go to Chiengmai next week.
Don’t forget that _________________________________________.
10. We won’t go to his party.
We don’t want to tell him that ______________________________.
![Page 245: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/245.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Unit 17 Tenses
Tense
หมายถึง การใชรูปของกริยาในกาลตาง ๆ เชน ในปจจุบัน อดีต หรือ อนาคต
Present Simple Tense
a) ใช Tense นี้ เมื่อการกระทํานั้นเกิดขึ้นเปนประจําสม่ําเสมอ หรือ เหตุการณนั้นเปนความจริงอยูตลอดเวลา
b) ถาประธานเปนเอกพจน กริยาตองเติม ‘s’ เสมอ
The sun rises in the east.
The earth moves round the sun.
He gets up at six o’clock.
They smoke.
Dogs bark.
Birds fly.
I go to school by bus.
She goes to church on Sundays.
c) รูปของกริยาใน Tense นี้ เมื่อใชกับประธานบุรุษตาง ๆ และรูปประโยคตาง ๆ มีดังน ี ้
บอกเลา ปฏิเสธ คําถาม คําถามปฏิเสธ
I work. I do not work. Do I work? Do I not work?
You work. You do not work. Do you work? Do you not work?
{He, She}
works.
{He, She} does not
work.
Does {he, she}
work?
Does {he, she} not
work?
We work. We do not work. Do we work? Do we not work?
They work. They do not work. Do they work? Do they not work?
It works. It does not work. Does it work? Does it not work?
![Page 246: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/246.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 2
รูปยอของ do + not = don’t
does + not = doesn’t
เชน I don’t They don’t You don’t
It doesn’t He/She doesn’t We don’t
d) The Simple Present Tense มักใชกับคํากริยาวิเศษณที่บอกเวลาตอไปนี้
often usually sometimes never
always occasionally on Monday once a year
three times a month every week in the morning at night, etc.
He goes abroad every year.
I never smoke.
She always sings.
How often do you wash your hair?
They go to the cinema sometimes.
He is usually late.
We exercise in the morning.
![Page 247: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/247.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 3
Exercise
A. จงเปลี่ยนประโยคตอไปนี้ใหเปนประโยคปฏิเสธ
1. Tom likes beer.
_________________________________________.
2. I drive a car.
_________________________________________.
3. He teaches everyday.
_________________________________________.
4. We go to bed early.
_________________________________________.
5. It rains everyday.
_________________________________________.
6. She speaks English well.
_________________________________________.
7. We know Jim.
_________________________________________.
8. They study at night.
_________________________________________.
9. I sleep well.
_________________________________________.
10. She works in the evening.
_________________________________________.
![Page 248: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/248.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 4
B. จงเปลี่ยนประโยคตอไปนี้ใหเปนประโยคคําถาม
1. He works hard.
_________________________________________?
2. It eats grass.
_________________________________________?
3. John has breakfast at eight o’clock.
_________________________________________?
4. Mrs.Smith knows Richard.
_________________________________________?
5. Bob reads a newspaper.
_________________________________________?
6. They go by bus.
_________________________________________?
7. You walk to school.
_________________________________________?
8. They watch television.
_________________________________________?
9. You love Dream.
_________________________________________?
10. We need help.
_________________________________________?
![Page 249: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/249.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 5
C. จงเปลี่ยนกริยาในวงเล็บใหอยูในรูป simple present tense ท่ีถูกตอง ถาถูกตองแลวใหคงไวเหมือนเดิม
1. He (drink) ________ coffee every morning.
2. Richard (like) ________ fried chicken.
3. They (go) ________ to work by train.
4. Dara and Ying always (swim) ________.
5. We (clean) ________ the bedroom every Wednesday.
6. She (pass) ________ my house every day.
7. He (wash) ________ his car every week.
8. The baby always (cry) ________.
9. She (teach) ________ English in that school.
10. They always (tell) ________ the truth.
![Page 250: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/250.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 6
The Present Continuous Tense
a) ใช Tense นี้ เมื่อเหตุการณ หรือ การกระทํานั้นยังดําเนินอยูตลอดเวลาในขณะที่พูด
b) กริยาที่อยูใน Tense นี้ จะมี –ing ขางทายและใชกับ verb to be
ประธาน + {am, is, are} + Ving + (object)
I am writing a letter.
He is running.
They are playing football.
We are cleaning the room.
c) รูปของกริยาใน Tense นี้ เมื่อใชกับประธานบุรุษตาง ๆ และรูปประโยคชนิดตาง ๆ มีดังนี้
บอกเลา ปฏิเสธ คําถาม
I am working. I am not working. Am I working?
You are working. You are not working. Are you working?
{He, She} is working. {He, She} is not working. Is {he, she} working?
We are working. We are not working. Are we working?
They are working. They are not working. Are they working?
It is working. It is not working. Is it working?
![Page 251: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/251.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 7
รูปยอของสรรพนาม + verb to be ค ือ
I’m We’re You’re
He’s She’s It’s
รูปยอของ verb to be + not คือ
You aren’t We aren’t He isn’t
She isn’t It isn’t They aren’t
d) คํากริยาวิเศษณที่มักใชกับ Tense นี้ ไดแก now, at this moment
What are they doing now?
e) กริยาที่มักไมนิยมใชกับ continuous tense ไดแก feel, think, belong, remember, owe, know, forget, fear,
like, hate, love, want, dislike, believe กริยาเหลานี้มักใชกับ simple present tense เมื่อกลาวถึงเหตุการณปจจุบัน
We feel sorry.
I think that he is honest.
This bag belongs to John.
I remember his name.
We owe him 500 baht.
I know her well.
I often forget their names.
Everybody fears death.
We believe him.
![Page 252: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/252.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 251
Exercise
A. จงเปลี่ยนคํากริยาในวงเล็บใหเปนรูป present continuous tense ใหถูกตอง
1. It ___________ now. (rain)
2. They ___________. (not, eat)
3. She ___________ some apples. (cut)
4. We ___________ the windows. (shut)
5. He ___________. (not, swim)
6. They ___________. (smoke)
7. She ___________ now. (not, cry)
8. We ___________ the table. (move)
9. I ___________ the door. (close)
10. They ___________ on the floor. (lie)
11. He ___________. (die)
12. She ___________ on the swing. (sit)
![Page 253: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/253.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 252
B. จงเลือกคํากริยาในวงเล็บมาเติมในชองวางใหถูกตอง โดยขีดเสนใตคํากริยานั้น
1. The students (work, are working) in the classroom now.
2. I (wash, am washing) my clothes every day.
3. We usually (eat, are eating) rice with forks and spoons.
4. (Do you read, Are you reading) your book now?
5. I (do, am doing) my homework at night.
6. She (gets, is getting) up at 6 o’clock.
7. He (hates, is hating) snakes.
8. They (play, are playing) tennis at this moment.
9. This car (does not belong, is not belonging) to me.
10. Richard (never tells, is never telling) the truth.
![Page 254: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/254.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 253
The Simple Past Tense
a) Tense นี้แสดงเหตุการณหรือการกระทําที่เกิดขึ้นในอดีต เชนเดียวกับที่ Simple Present Tense ใชกับการกระทําที่เกิดขึ้น
เปนประจําในปจจุบัน
b) กริยารูป Simple Past Tense เปนกริยาชองที่ 2 ซึ่งตามธรรมดา คือ การเติม –ed ตอทายกริยาชองที่ 1
Present: We walk to work every day.
Past: We walked to work yesterday.
Present: He plays football on Mondays.
Past: He played football yesterday.
c) รูปของกริยาใน Tense นี้ เมื่อใชกับประธานบุรุษตาง ๆ และรูปประโยคชนิดตาง ๆ มีดังนี้
บอกเลา ปฏิเสธ คําถาม คําถามปฏิเสธ
I worked I did not work. Did I work? Did I not work?
You worked. You did not work. Did you work? Did you not work?
{He, She}
worked.
{He, She} did not
work.
Did {he, she}
work?
Did {he, she} not
work?
We worked. We did not work. Did we work? Did we not work?
They worked. They did not work. Did they work? Did they not work?
It worked. It did not work. Did it work? Did it not work?
![Page 255: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/255.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 254
d) คํากริยาวิเศษณที่ใชกับ Simple Past Tense ไดแก ago เชน three years ago, yesterday, in the past, from
1960-1970
He came here two years ago.
We saw her yesterday.
I did not exercise last week.
e) การเติม -ed ที่ทายคํากริยา มีขอควรจดจําดังนี้
1) เติม –ed ตามปกติ เชน
mixed
kissed
played
added
pointed
laughed
2) ถาคํากริยานั้นลงทายดวย e แลว ใหเติมเฉพาะ d เทานั้น เชน
moved
lived
believed
loved
liked
died
closed
arranged
3) ถาคํากริยานั้นลงทายดวย y ใหเปลี่ยน y เปน i แลวจึงเติม ed (ยกเวน เมื่อหนา y เปนสระ a, e, i, o, u ไมตองเปลี่ยน y
เปน i เชน played) เชน
dry dried cry cried
carry carried hurry hurried
4) ถาคํากริยานั้นออกเสียงพยางคเดียว มีสระตัวเดียว และสะกดดวยพยัญชนะตัวเดียว ใหเพิ่มตัวสะกดอีกหนึ่งตัว กอนเติม ed
เชน
stop stopped plan planned
rob robbed beg begged
![Page 256: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/256.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 255
Irregular Verbs
คือ กริยาที่ไมเติม –ed ในชองที่ 2 หรือ ชองที่ 3 แตมีรูปแตกตางไปจากเดิม
1. กลุมที ่Verb ชองที่ 2 และ 3 เหมือนกัน
verb ชองที่ 1 verb ชองที่ 2 verb ชองที่ 3
have had had
hear heard heard
lay laid laid
make made made
pay paid paid
say said said
stand stood stood
tell told told
bend bent bent
build built built
deal dealt dealt
feel felt felt
keep kept kept
leave left left
lose lost lost
meet met met
send sent sent
weep wept wept
dig dug dug
hang hung hung
spin spun spun
strike struck struck
swing swung swung
![Page 257: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/257.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 256
2. กลุมที่ Verb ชองที่ 1, 2, 3 เหมือนกัน
verb ชองที่ 1 verb ชองที่ 2 verb ชองที่ 3
Bet bet bet
Burst burst burst
Cost cost cost
cut cut cut
hit hit hit
hurt hurt hurt
let let let
put put put
quit quit quit
set set set
split split split
shut shut shut
3. กลุมที่ Verb ชองที่ 1 และ 3 เหมือนกัน
verb ชองที่ 1 verb ชองที่ 2 verb ชองที่ 3
become became become
come came come
run ran run
![Page 258: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/258.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 257
4. กลุมที่ Verb ชองที่ 1, 2, 3 แตกตางกัน
verb ชองที่ 1 verb ชองที่ 2 verb ชองที่ 3
arise arose arisen
bear bore borne
break broke broken
draw drew drawn
drive drove driven
fly flew flown
give gave given
grow grew grown
hide hid hidden
know knew known
see saw seen
shake shook shaken
speak spoke spoken
steal stole stolen
swim swam swum
take took taken
tear tore torn
throw threw thrown
wake woke, waked woken, waked
withdraw withdrew withdrawn
write wrote written
![Page 259: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/259.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 258
The Past Continuous Tense
a) ใช Tense นี้กับเหตุการณหรือการกระทําที่ดําเนินอยูตลอดเวลาชั่วระยะเวลาหนึ่งในอดีต
b) กริยาอยูในรูป –ing และใชกับ Verb to be ซึ่งอยูในรูป Simple Past Tense
Subject + {was, were} + V-ing + (object)
c) มักมีเวลาแบงไว เชน
He was having breakfast at eight o’clock yesterday.
d) เมื่อไมมีเวลาบงไว มักใชคูกับกริยาอยู Simple Past Tense ซึ่งอยูในอนุประโยคที่ขึ้นตนดวย when
When I arrived they were playing tennis.
When I saw her she was reading.
e) รูปของกริยาใน Tense นี้ เมื่อใชกับประธานบุรุษตาง ๆ และรูปประโยคชนิดตาง ๆ มีดังนี้
บอกเลา ปฏิเสธ คําถาม
I was working. I was not working. Was I working?
You were working. You were not working. Were you working?
{He, She} was working. {He, She} was not working. Was {he, she} working?
We were working. We were not working. Were we working?
They were working. They were not working. Were they working?
It was working. It was not working. Was it working?
รูปยอของ was + not = wasn’t
were + not = weren’t
![Page 260: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/260.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 259
The Future Tense
a) ใช Tense นี้กับเหตุการณหรือการกระทำที่จะเกิดขึ้นในอนาคต
b) กริยาใน future tense ใชประกอบกับคํา will หรือ shall โดยกริยานั้น จะคงรูปเดิมเสมอ
Subject + will, shall + V1
I shall หรือ will
You will
He/ She will
We shall หรือ will
They will
It will
arrive tomorrow.
รูปยอของสรรพนาม + will หรือ shall คือ
I’ll We’ll You’ll They’ll
He’ll She’ll It’ll
รูปยอของ shall not คือ shan’t
will not คือ won’t
![Page 261: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/261.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 260
c) นอกจากจะใช will หรือ shall แลว ในการทํากริยาใหอยูในรูป future tense อาจใช verb to be + going to ก็ได
am, is, are + going to + V1
I am
You are
He is
We are
They are
It is
going to
arrive next week.
d) คํากริยาวิเศษณบอกเวลาที่มักใชกับ future tense ไดแก tomorrow, next week, soon, next year
They will travel next year.
I will see him soon.
![Page 262: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/262.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 261
The Present Perfect Tense
a) ใช Tense นี้กับการกระทําหรือ เหตุการณที่เกิดขึ้นและสิ้นสุดแลว แตไมมีเวลาระบุไว
I have been to England.
b) ใช Tense นี้กับเหตุการณหรือการกระทําที่เกิดขึ้นในอดีตและยังคงดําเนินอยูในปจจุบัน ในกรณีนี้มักมีคําบงเวลาประกอบดวย
เชน for a few years, since Monday
I have worked here for a few years.
He has been ill since Monday.
c) ใช Tense นี้กับเหตุการณหรือการกระทําในอดีตที่มีผลกับปจจุบันหรืออนาคต
John has been ill. He can’t play football today.
I have played football. I am tired.
d) กริยาที่ใชใน Present Perfect Tense มีรูปดังนี้
have + V3 (past participle)
รูปของกริยาใน Tense นี้ เมื่อใชกับประธานบุรุษตางๆ และรูปประโยคชนิดตาง ๆ มีดังนี้
บอกเลา ปฏิเสธ
I have worked. I have not worked.
You have worked. You have not worked.
{He, She} has worked. {He, She} has not worked.
We have worked. We have not worked.
They have worked. They have not worked.
It has worked. It has not worked.
![Page 263: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/263.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 262
คําถาม คําถาม
Have I worked? Have I not worked?
Have you worked? Have you not worked?
Has {he, she} worked? Has {he, she} not worked?
Have we worked? Have we not worked?
Have they worked? Have they not worked?
Has it worked? Has it not worked?
รูปยอของ have + not = haven’t
has + not = hasn’t
e) คํากริยาวิเศษณที่มักใชกับ tense นี้ไดแก คําที่แบงเวลา เชน
1. for a long time, for three years, lately, recently, just, once, twice, four times
2. ใช ever และ never กับ Present Perfect Tense
Have you ever seen a fox?
I have never been to England.
หมายเหตุ: ever มักจะใชในประโยคคําถามเสมอ
never มักใชในประโยคคําถามและปฏ ิเสธ
Have you never seen it?
I have never seen rocket.
![Page 264: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/264.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 263
3. ใชคํา already และ yet กับ Present Perfect Tense
already ใชกับประโยคบอกเลาและคําถาม
I have already eaten. (= I have eaten already.)
Have you already eaten? (= Have you eaten already?)
yet ใชก ับประโยคปฏิเสธและคําถาม
I have not eaten yet.
Have you eaten yet?
4. ใชคํา for และ since กับ Present Perfect Tense
for + ระยะเวลา
เชน for a long time, for six years
since + จุดเริ่มตนของเหตุการณ
เชน Since Monday, Since last week, Since nine o’clock, Since I was young, Since last
June, Since 1984.
They have worked here for three years.
They have worked here since 1982.
They have worked here since last June.
He has collected stamps for a long time.
He has collected stamps since he was 15 years old.
Suda has studied English for ten years.
Suda has studied English since 1975.
Suda has studied English since she was 10 years old.
![Page 265: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/265.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Exercise Unit 17 Tenses
A. จงขีดเสนใตรูปกริยาที่ถูกตองในประโยคตอไปนี้
1. Danai (sold, has sold) his house last week.
2. I (worked, have worked) for this company since 1980.
3. The weather (was, has been) bad since last Sunday.
4. We (spent, have spent) a week in Chiengmai last week.
5. We (came, have come) back yesterday.
6. I (read, have read) this book already.
7. Bancha and Damrong (did not finish, have not finished) their homework yet.
8. Kanya (studied, has studied) English in this school for six months.
9. We (heard, have heard) bad news an hour ago.
10. I (saw, have seen) this movie four times already.
11. They (lived, have lived) in Phuket since 1982.
12. Somchai (worked, has worked) in Yala from 1978-1982.
13. I (visited, have visited) that museum recently.
14. (Did you finish, Have you finished) the work yet?
15. Mr. And Mrs. Brown (were, have been) in Bangkok for two months.
![Page 266: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/266.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 2
B. จงเปลี่ยนกริยาในวงเล็บใหมีรูปที่ถูกตอง –simple present tense, present continuous tense, future tense
หรือ present perfect tense
1. He always (go) to school early.
2. Nantha (take) an examination tomorrow.
3. Boonlert and Mana (buy) a lot of stamps two days ago.
4. We (paint) the bedroom next week.
5. She (be) ill since Monday.
6. They (have) breakfast at seven o’clock tomorrow.
7. We usually (have) dinner at six o’clock.
8. The students (study) that lesson already.
9. There (be) some bad storms in this area recently.
10. Winai (teach) in this school for three years.
11. I (send) a letter to my uncle a few days ago.
12. The sun (set) in the west.
13. We (travel) to Europe next month.
14. Those boys (not, watch) television last night.
15. I (meet) Somporn in 1980.
16. We (know) John since 1981.
17. Mr. Jackson often (play) tennis on Sundays.
18. Mr. And Mrs. Thomas (arrive) in Bangkok next Tuesday.
19. They (dance) now.
20. Wimala (wash) the dishes at this moment.
![Page 267: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/267.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 3
C. Choose the most appropriate alternative.
1. Please wait here: my boss ______________ in ten minutes.
a) returns b) has returned c) will return d) return
2. You will feel better after you ___________ the medicines.
a) will take b) has taken c) have taken d) will have taken
3. Whenever the old woman hears a sad story, she __________.
a) weeps b) will weep c) would weep d) has wept
4. Mother ____________. Don’t disturb her.
a) sleeps b) has slept c) is sleeping d) will have slept
5. John usually listens to the radio, but last night he ___________ a book.
a) was reading b) had read c) has read d) read
6. I can’t go out because I __________ my work.
a) shall not finish b) have not finished c) did not finish d) do not finish
7. This is the first time anybody ____________ in climbing that mountain.
a) succeeded b) has succeeded c) succeeds d) had been succeeding
8. Peter can’t come to the phone now because he _________ a bath.
a) having b) is having c) will have d) has
9. “Is your mother still awake?”
“No, she ________ a few minutes ago.”
a) slept b) fell asleep c) went to sleep d) went to bed
10. The tigers in the zoo __________ by the caretaker at the moment.
a) are fed b) are being fed c) will be fed d) are feeding
11. I __________ my raincoat. I must go back for it.
a) forgetting b) had forgotten c) forget d) have forgotten
12. Last week John promised that he _________ to the theatre with me today.
a) would go b) was going c) goes d) is going
![Page 268: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/268.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 4
13. Whenever he has any money, he ________ it with his brother.
a) shares b) shared c) sharing d) has shared
14. Please help us. We _________ our way.
a) lose b) are losing c) have lost d) have been lost
15. That baby ___________ non-stop for an hour yesterday.
a) cried b) crying c) is crying d) had been crying
16. They usually ____________ to school at seven o’clock.
a) have gone b) go c) goes d) will go
17. I __________ the King yesterday.
a) saw b) see c) has seen d) will see
18. He always boils water before he _________ it.
a) drank b) will drink c) drinks d) drink
19. I __________ football when I was a young boy.
a) played b) play c) was playing d) have played
20. My grandmother never __________ us now because she is very old.
a) visited b) will visit c) visits d) has visited
21. Please stop singing because I __________ my homework now.
a) am doing b) was doing c) has done d) did
22. Listen! The teacher ___________ the answer.
a) explained b) has explained c) explain d) is explaining
23. I __________ four cups of coffee since eight o’clock.
a) drink b) will drink c) have drunk d) am drinking
24. She __________ her brother for three years.
a) did not see b) doesn’t see c) is not seeing d) hasn’t seen
25. Jill __________ a new blouse, and now she wants to buy a new skirt.
a) buys b) has bought c) will buy d) is buying
![Page 269: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/269.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 5
26. He __________ me the tape I asked for.
a) gives b) has just given c) give d) given
27. They __________ anything I say.
a) never understood b) understood c) never understand d) understands
28. Our team _______ every match so far this year, but we still have two more games to play.
a) wins b) will win c) has won d) have won
29. Henry usually listens to the radio, but at this moment he __________ television.
a) watches b) has watched c) will watch d) is watching
30. __________ oil or butter when you fry eggs?
a) Do you use b) Did you use c) Have you used d) Were you using
31. __________ the work yet?
a) Will you finish b) Are you finishing c) Have you finished d) Do you finish
32. Since last year, I __________ them only twice.
a) have seen b) see c) was seeing d) will see
33. The students __________ an English test when the lights went out.
a) are doing b) will do c) were doing d) have done
34. Ying went to go shopping, but she __________ her homework yet.
a) didn’t finish b) hasn’t finished c) doesn’t finish d) won’t finish
35. He __________ here from 1967 to 1980.
a) lived b) has lived c) lives d) is living
36. The teacher __________ all the exam papers last Friday evening.
a) marks b) has marked c) marked d) is marking
37. It __________ now.
a) is raining b) rains c) was raining d) rained
38. I am sure __________ her two years ago.
a) met b) have met c) meet d) was meeting
![Page 270: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/270.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 6
39. While you __________ football, I was working in the garden.
a) have played b) are playing c) play d) were playing
40. When I came home, my wife __________ in the kitchen.
a) was cooking b) cooks c) has cooked d) is cooking
41. As soon as I came in, he __________ the room.
a) was leaving b) has left c) leaves d) left
42. They __________ to Paris four times in 1974.
a) have gone b) went c) will go d) were going
43. I __________ to Chiengmai five so far.
a) was b) am c) have been d) will be
44. They __________ to England next month.
a) go b) went c) will go d) were going
45. Mount Everest __________ the highest mountain in the world.
a) is b) was c) will be d) has been
46. __________ me to the party next Sunday?
a) Do you take b) Did you take c) Have you taken d) Will you take
47. Every time I __________ him, he smiles at me.
a) saw b) see c) have seen d) will see
48. Please turn off the light before you __________ to bed.
a) go b) will go c) went d) goes
49. I will tell him the news when he __________ back.
a) come b) will come c) comes d) is coming
50. Although Sam __________ for four years, he hasn’t got a degree yet.
a) worked b) has c) is working d) works
51. We will stay in Chiengmai for a week, and then we __________ to Lampang.
a) go b) have gone c) will go d) were going
![Page 271: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/271.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 7
52. When I was twelve years old, I __________ music lessons.
a) have b) will have c) am having d) had
53. “How much did you pay for that bag?”
“It __________ ten dollars.”
a) cost b) costs c) costed d) has cost
54. This novel __________ in 1967.
a) is written b) will be written c) was written d) has been written
55. Bancha __________ in love with Pranee over a year ago.
a) has fallen b) falls c) is falling d) fell
56. The police will arrest him when he __________ the house.
a) will leave b) leaves c) left d) was leaving
57. Every day last year he __________ to visit his grandfather.
a) goes b) has gone c) was going d) went
58. __________ today, or has she already arrived?
a) Has she come b) Did she come c) Is she coming d) Was she coming
59. It hasn’t rained much this year, but it __________ a lot last year.
a) rained b) will rain c) rains d) has rained
60. __________ to go swimming in winter?
a) Did you like b) Have you liked c) Will you like d) Do you like
61. When I walked into the office, Peter __________ a report.
a) reads b) was reading c) has read d) is reading
62. The sun __________ in the East.
a) rose b) was rising c) rises d) has risen
63. Mary __________ to Spain the day after tomorrow.
a) goes b) has gone c) went d) is going
![Page 272: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/272.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 8
64. Boonchai __________ so many books lately that he has strained his eyes.
a) reads b) will read c) has read d) read
65. At the moment Wanida __________ with the coat.
a) plays b) played c) has played d) is playing
66. He was sitting in a restaurant when I __________ him.
a) sees b) saw c) has seen d) am seeing
67. “What did you think of the boxing match last night?”
“I really didn’t think Ali __________”
a) wins b) would win c) has won d) winning
68. “Is his name really Curly?”
“No, it isn’t. His real name is Richard, but everyone __________ him Curly.”
a) is calling b) call c) calling d) calls
69. “I drove all the way from Chiengmai yesterday.”
“What time __________ Bangkok?”
a) you reached b) have reached c) did you reach d) have you reached
70. “Is the film at the Scala any good?”
“Excellent. But don’t tell me you __________ seen it yet.
a) haven’t b) didn’t c) weren’t d) won’t
![Page 273: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/273.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Unit 18 Wish Forms
ในภาษาอังกฤษมีการใชกริยา wish เพื่อสื่อความหมายแสดงความปรารถนาของผูพูด wish สามารถใชไดใน 4 โครงสราง
ประโยคดังนี้
1. ผูพูดตองการทํา แตอยางไรก็เปนไปไมได
Subject + wish + Infinitive with to
เชน They wish to graduate this year.
I wish to be good at Mathematics
She wishes to finish her paper in time.
2. ผูพูดตองการใหใครคนหนึ่งทําในสิ่งที่เปนไปไมได
Subject + wish + someone + Infinitive with to
เชน I wish my friend to see this work.
She wishes her mother to help her now.
The boys wish their teacher to go to the concert with them.
3. ผูพูดอวยพร
Subject + wish + someone + something(noun)
เชน I wish you happiness.
I wish you all the best.
We wish you a Merry Christmas.
![Page 274: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/274.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 2
4. Subject + wish + (that) Noun Clause
นามวล ี (noun clause) แบงเปนโครงสรางยอยไดอีก 3 ประเภท โดยพิจารณาจากเวลา (time) เปนเกณฑ ดังนี้
4.1 ตองการใหผลของความปรารถนาเกิดขึ้นในปจจุบันใหกระจายกริยาใน Noun Clause เปน Past Simple Tense
เชน
I wish I were rich.
[verb to be ในโครงสราง wish นี้ใหใชรูป were เสมอ]
They wish they went to the zoo.
She wished her father bought her a new dress.
4.2 ตองการใหผลของความปรารถนาเกิดขึ้นในอดีต ใหกระจายกริยาใน Noun Clause เปน Past Perfect Tense เชน
She wishes she had won the game the other day.
[ตอนนี้เธอปรารถนาที่จะชนะการแขงขันเมื่อวันกอน]
She wished she had won the game the other day.
[ตอนนั้นเธอปรารถนาที่จะชนะการแขงขันเมื่อวันกอน]
![Page 275: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/275.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 3
4.3 ตองการใหผลของความปรารถนาเกิดขึ้นในอนาคต ใหเปลี่ยนกริยาใน Noun Clause เปนกริยาวลี
would/could + v. 1
[ถาประธานของทั้งสอง clauses เปนคนเดียวกันใหใช could แตถาประธานเปนคนละตัวกันใหใช would]
เชน I wish I could go to France with you.
She wishes her daddy would bring her some souvenir.
He wishes he could finish his work tomorrow.
I wish my friend would join the party tonight.
ขอสังเกต : การใช If only สามารถสื่อความหมายไดเหมือนกับ I wish เชน
If only I had come early yesterday.
[ = I wish I had come early yesterday.]
If only I could go with you tomorrow.
[ = I wish I could go with you tomorrow.]
![Page 276: English grammar & exercises for thai students 276p](https://reader031.vdocuments.pub/reader031/viewer/2022012313/54b942794a795938268b46c4/html5/thumbnails/276.jpg)
อ.ณัฐสิทธิ์ (อ.ปุก)
www.hot-ed.co.th 1
Exercise Unit 18 Wish Forms
Choose the best answer.
1. I wish I ________________ rich.
a) am b) was c) are d) were
2. He wishes he _________________ with his dad next year.
a) lives b) will live c) could live d) had lived
3. They wish they __________________ the award yesterday.
a) get b) got c) have got d) had got
4. We wish you __________________.
a) happy b) happiness c) be happy d) was happy
5. If only I _________________ a superstar.
a) can be b) will be c) have been d) were
6. She wished he ___________________ with her tomorrow.
a) could go b) would go c) will go d) shall go
7. We wish we _____________________ our homework now.
a) finish b) will finish c) finished d) would finish
8. Yesterday, my dad didn’t come, I wish he ___________________.
a) has come b) had come c) came d) would come
9. My girlfriend is ugly. I wish she ___________________ beautiful.
a) was b) were c) is d) are
10. The children wish ___________________.
a) to go to museum b) going to the museum
c) they go to the museum d) they going to the museum